From 7a9b3d3641e1bc97d2826b4865b3cedb11099e62 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dean Camera Date: Mon, 7 Dec 2009 04:18:07 +0000 Subject: Rename CDC demos to VirtualSerial. --- Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/CDC.c | 327 ----- Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/CDC.h | 183 --- Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/CDC.txt | 72 - Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/Descriptors.c | 275 ---- Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/Descriptors.h | 98 -- Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/Doxygen.conf | 1485 -------------------- Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/LUFA CDC.inf | 106 -- Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/makefile | 737 ---------- Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/Descriptors.c | 397 ------ Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/Descriptors.h | 118 -- Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/Doxygen.conf | 1485 -------------------- Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/DualCDC.c | 323 ----- Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/DualCDC.h | 119 -- Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/DualCDC.txt | 84 -- Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/LUFA DualCDC.inf | 106 -- Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/makefile | 737 ---------- .../LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c | 397 ++++++ .../LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h | 118 ++ .../Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Doxygen.conf | 1485 ++++++++++++++++++++ Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualCDC.c | 323 +++++ Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualCDC.h | 119 ++ .../Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualCDC.txt | 84 ++ .../LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualCDC.inf | 106 ++ Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile | 737 ++++++++++ Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/CDC.c | 327 +++++ Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/CDC.h | 183 +++ Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/CDC.txt | 72 + Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c | 275 ++++ Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h | 98 ++ Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Doxygen.conf | 1485 ++++++++++++++++++++ Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA CDC.inf | 106 ++ Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile | 737 ++++++++++ 32 files changed, 6652 insertions(+), 6652 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/CDC.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/CDC.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/CDC.txt delete mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/Descriptors.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/Descriptors.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/Doxygen.conf delete mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/LUFA CDC.inf delete mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/makefile delete mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/Descriptors.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/Descriptors.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/Doxygen.conf delete mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/DualCDC.c delete mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/DualCDC.h delete mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/DualCDC.txt delete mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/LUFA DualCDC.inf delete mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/makefile create mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c create mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h create mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Doxygen.conf create mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualCDC.c create mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualCDC.h create mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualCDC.txt create mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualCDC.inf create mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile create mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/CDC.c create mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/CDC.h create mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/CDC.txt create mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c create mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h create mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Doxygen.conf create mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA CDC.inf create mode 100644 Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile (limited to 'Demos/Device/LowLevel') diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/CDC.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/CDC.c deleted file mode 100644 index 444dc019d..000000000 --- a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/CDC.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,327 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the CDC demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and - * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "CDC.h" - -/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the virtual serial port. While this demo does not use - * the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host - * upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional. - * - * These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately. - * It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical - * serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams. - */ -CDC_Line_Coding_t LineEncoding = { .BaudRateBPS = 0, - .CharFormat = OneStopBit, - .ParityType = Parity_None, - .DataBits = 8 }; - - -#if 0 -/* NOTE: Here you can set up a standard stream using the created virtual serial port, so that the standard stream functions in - * can be used on the virtual serial port (e.g. fprintf(&USBSerial, "Test"); to print a string). - */ - -static int CDC_putchar(char c, FILE *stream) -{ - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPNUM); - - if (!(LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS)) - return -1; - - if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) - return -1; - - Endpoint_Write_Byte(c); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - return 0; -} - -static int CDC_getchar(FILE *stream) -{ - int c; - - if (!(LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS)) - return -1; - - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPNUM); - - for (;;) - { - if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) - return -1; - - if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())) - { - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - } - else - { - c = Endpoint_Read_Byte(); - break; - } - } - - return c; -} - -static FILE USBSerial = FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_putchar, CDC_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW); -#endif - -/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial - * setup of all components and the main program loop. - */ -int main(void) -{ - SetupHardware(); - - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); - - for (;;) - { - CDC_Task(); - USB_USBTask(); - } -} - -/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ -void SetupHardware(void) -{ - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - Joystick_Init(); - LEDs_Init(); - USB_Init(); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and - * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) -{ - /* Indicate USB enumerating */ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via - * the status LEDs and stops the USB management and CDC management tasks. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) -{ - /* Indicate USB not ready */ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration - * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the CDC management task started. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) -{ - /* Indicate USB connected and ready */ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); - - /* Setup CDC Notification, Rx and Tx Endpoints */ - if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, - ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, - ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - } - - if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK, - ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - } - - if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK, - ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - } - - /* Reset line encoding baud rate so that the host knows to send new values */ - LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS = 0; -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific - * control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the CDC control commands, - * which are all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void) -{ - /* Process CDC specific control requests */ - switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest) - { - case REQ_GetLineEncoding: - if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) - { - /* Acknowledge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */ - Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); - - /* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */ - Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_Line_Coding_t)); - - /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */ - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - } - - break; - case REQ_SetLineEncoding: - if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) - { - /* Acknowledge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */ - Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); - - /* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */ - Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_Line_Coding_t)); - - /* Finalize the stream transfer to clear the last packet from the host */ - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - } - - break; - case REQ_SetControlLineState: - if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) - { - /* Acknowledge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */ - Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); - - /* NOTE: Here you can read in the line state mask from the host, to get the current state of the output handshake - lines. The mask is read in from the wValue parameter in USB_ControlRequest, and can be masked against the - CONTROL_LINE_OUT_* masks to determine the RTS and DTR line states using the following code: - */ - - Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); - } - - break; - } -} - -/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host. */ -void CDC_Task(void) -{ - char* ReportString = NULL; - uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus(); - static bool ActionSent = false; - - /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ - if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) - return; - -#if 0 - /* NOTE: Here you can use the notification endpoint to send back line state changes to the host, for the special RS-232 - * handshake signal lines (and some error states), via the CONTROL_LINE_IN_* masks and the following code: - */ - USB_Notification_Header_t Notification = (USB_Notification_Header_t) - { - .NotificationType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE), - .Notification = NOTIF_SerialState, - .wValue = 0, - .wIndex = 0, - .wLength = sizeof(uint16_t), - }; - - uint16_t LineStateMask; - - // Set LineStateMask here to a mask of CONTROL_LINE_IN_* masks to set the input handshake line states to send to the host - - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM); - Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(Notification)); - Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&LineStateMask, sizeof(LineStateMask)); - Endpoint_ClearIN(); -#endif - - /* Determine if a joystick action has occurred */ - if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP) - ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n"; - else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN) - ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n"; - else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT) - ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n"; - else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT) - ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n"; - else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS) - ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n"; - else - ActionSent = false; - - /* Flag management - Only allow one string to be sent per action */ - if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false) && LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS) - { - ActionSent = true; - - /* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */ - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPNUM); - - /* Write the String to the Endpoint */ - Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportString, strlen(ReportString)); - - /* Remember if the packet to send completely fills the endpoint */ - bool IsFull = (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE); - - /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* If the last packet filled the endpoint, send an empty packet to release the buffer on - * the receiver (otherwise all data will be cached until a non-full packet is received) */ - if (IsFull) - { - /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for another packet */ - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - - /* Send an empty packet to ensure that the host does not buffer data sent to it */ - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - } - } - - /* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */ - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPNUM); - - /* Throw away any received data from the host */ - if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()) - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); -} diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/CDC.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/CDC.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4a7b6b158..000000000 --- a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/CDC.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,183 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for CDC.c. - */ - -#ifndef _CDC_H_ -#define _CDC_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include - #include - #include - #include - - #include "Descriptors.h" - - #include - #include - #include - #include - - /* Macros: */ - /** CDC Class specific request to get the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */ - #define REQ_GetLineEncoding 0x21 - - /** CDC Class specific request to set the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */ - #define REQ_SetLineEncoding 0x20 - - /** CDC Class specific request to set the current virtual serial port handshake line states. */ - #define REQ_SetControlLineState 0x22 - - /** Notification type constant for a change in the virtual serial port handshake line states, for - * use with a USB_Notification_Header_t notification structure when sent to the host via the CDC - * notification endpoint. - */ - #define NOTIF_SerialState 0x20 - - /** Mask for the DTR handshake line for use with the REQ_SetControlLineState class specific request - * from the host, to indicate that the DTR line state should be high. - */ - #define CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR (1 << 0) - - /** Mask for the RTS handshake line for use with the REQ_SetControlLineState class specific request - * from the host, to indicate that theRTS line state should be high. - */ - #define CONTROL_LINE_OUT_RTS (1 << 1) - - /** Mask for the DCD handshake line for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification - * from the device to the host, to indicate that the DCD line state is currently high. - */ - #define CONTROL_LINE_IN_DCD (1 << 0) - - /** Mask for the DSR handshake line for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification - * from the device to the host, to indicate that the DSR line state is currently high. - */ - #define CONTROL_LINE_IN_DSR (1 << 1) - - /** Mask for the BREAK handshake line for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification - * from the device to the host, to indicate that the BREAK line state is currently high. - */ - #define CONTROL_LINE_IN_BREAK (1 << 2) - - /** Mask for the RING handshake line for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification - * from the device to the host, to indicate that the RING line state is currently high. - */ - #define CONTROL_LINE_IN_RING (1 << 3) - - /** Mask for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification from the device to the host, - * to indicate that a framing error has occurred on the virtual serial port. - */ - #define CONTROL_LINE_IN_FRAMEERROR (1 << 4) - - /** Mask for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification from the device to the host, - * to indicate that a parity error has occurred on the virtual serial port. - */ - #define CONTROL_LINE_IN_PARITYERROR (1 << 5) - - /** Mask for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification from the device to the host, - * to indicate that a data overrun error has occurred on the virtual serial port. - */ - #define CONTROL_LINE_IN_OVERRUNERROR (1 << 6) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for the virtual serial port line encoding settings, for storing the current USART configuration - * as set by the host via a class specific request. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint32_t BaudRateBPS; /**< Baud rate of the virtual serial port, in bits per second */ - uint8_t CharFormat; /**< Character format of the virtual serial port, a value from the - * CDCDevice_CDC_LineCodingFormats_t enum - */ - uint8_t ParityType; /**< Parity setting of the virtual serial port, a value from the - * CDCDevice_LineCodingParity_t enum - */ - uint8_t DataBits; /**< Bits of data per character of the virtual serial port */ - } CDC_Line_Coding_t; - - /** Type define for a CDC notification, sent to the host via the CDC notification endpoint to indicate a - * change in the device state asynchronously. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint8_t NotificationType; /**< Notification type, a mask of REQDIR_*, REQTYPE_* and REQREC_* constants - * from the library StdRequestType.h header - */ - uint8_t Notification; /**< Notification value, a NOTIF_* constant */ - uint16_t wValue; /**< Notification wValue, notification-specific */ - uint16_t wIndex; /**< Notification wIndex, notification-specific */ - uint16_t wLength; /**< Notification wLength, notification-specific */ - } USB_Notification_Header_t; - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible line encoding formats of a virtual serial port. */ - enum CDCDevice_CDC_LineCodingFormats_t - { - OneStopBit = 0, /**< Each frame contains one stop bit */ - OneAndAHalfStopBits = 1, /**< Each frame contains one and a half stop bits */ - TwoStopBits = 2, /**< Each frame contains two stop bits */ - }; - - /** Enum for the possible line encoding parity settings of a virtual serial port. */ - enum CDCDevice_LineCodingParity_t - { - Parity_None = 0, /**< No parity bit mode on each frame */ - Parity_Odd = 1, /**< Odd parity bit mode on each frame */ - Parity_Even = 2, /**< Even parity bit mode on each frame */ - Parity_Mark = 3, /**< Mark parity bit mode on each frame */ - Parity_Space = 4, /**< Space parity bit mode on each frame */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void SetupHardware(void); - void CDC_Task(void); - - void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/CDC.txt b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/CDC.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 49837354c..000000000 --- a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/CDC.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage Communications Device Class (Virtual Serial Port) Demo - * - * \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility: - * - * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. - * - * - Series 7 USB AVRs - * - Series 6 USB AVRs - * - Series 4 USB AVRs - * - Series 2 USB AVRs - * - * \section SSec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *
USB Mode:Device
USB Class:Communications Device Class (CDC)
USB Subclass:Abstract Control Model (ACM)
Relevant Standards:USBIF CDC Class Standard
Usable Speeds:Full Speed Mode
- * - * \section SSec_Description Project Description: - * - * Communications Device Class demonstration application. - * This gives a simple reference application for implementing - * a CDC device acting as a virtual serial port. Joystick - * actions are transmitted to the host as strings. The device - * does not respond to serial data sent from the host. - * - * After running this demo for the first time on a new computer, - * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo - * project's directory as the device's driver when running under - * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers, - * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other - * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt - * CDC-ACM drivers. - * - * \section SSec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * - * - * - * - *
- * None - *
- */ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/Descriptors.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2d857a694..000000000 --- a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/Descriptors.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,275 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special - * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine - * the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "Descriptors.h" - -/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as - * the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL. - * This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated - * resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices - * so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value - * from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and - * port location). - */ -#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR) - #warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor. -#endif - -/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall - * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the - * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration - * process begins. - */ -USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = -{ - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, - - .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10), - .Class = 0x02, - .SubClass = 0x00, - .Protocol = 0x00, - - .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, - - .VendorID = 0x03EB, - .ProductID = 0x2044, - .ReleaseNumber = 0x0000, - - .ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01, - .ProductStrIndex = 0x02, - .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, - - .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS -}; - -/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage - * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces - * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting - * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. - */ -USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = -{ - .Config = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, - - .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), - .TotalInterfaces = 2, - - .ConfigurationNumber = 1, - .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, - - .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), - - .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) - }, - - .CCI_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = 0, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 1, - - .Class = 0x02, - .SubClass = 0x02, - .Protocol = 0x01, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC_Functional_IntHeader = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24}, - .SubType = 0x00, - - .Data = {0x01, 0x10} - }, - - .CDC_Functional_CallManagement = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24}, - .SubType = 0x01, - - .Data = {0x03, 0x01} - }, - - .CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24}, - .SubType = 0x02, - - .Data = {0x06} - }, - - .CDC_Functional_Union = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24}, - .SubType = 0x06, - - .Data = {0x00, 0x01} - }, - - .ManagementEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM), - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF - }, - - .DCI_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = 1, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 2, - - .Class = 0x0A, - .SubClass = 0x00, - .Protocol = 0x00, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .DataOutEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC_RX_EPNUM), - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00 - }, - - .DataInEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_TX_EPNUM), - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00 - } -}; - -/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests - * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate - * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. - */ -USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = -{ - .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String}, - - .UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG} -}; - -/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable - * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = -{ - .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String}, - - .UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera" -}; - -/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, - * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = -{ - .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(13), .Type = DTYPE_String}, - - .UnicodeString = L"LUFA CDC Demo" -}; - -/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" - * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given - * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function - * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the - * USB host. - */ -uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress) -{ - const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); - const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); - - void* Address = NULL; - uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; - - switch (DescriptorType) - { - case DTYPE_Device: - Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); - break; - case DTYPE_Configuration: - Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); - break; - case DTYPE_String: - switch (DescriptorNumber) - { - case 0x00: - Address = (void*)&LanguageString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); - break; - case 0x01: - Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); - break; - case 0x02: - Address = (void*)&ProductString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); - break; - } - - break; - } - - *DescriptorAddress = Address; - return Size; -} diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/Descriptors.h deleted file mode 100644 index 08e2e353c..000000000 --- a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/Descriptors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for Descriptors.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ -#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include - - #include - - /* Macros: */ - /** Macro to define a CDC class-specific functional descriptor. CDC functional descriptors have a - * uniform structure but variable sized data payloads, thus cannot be represented accurately by - * a single typedef struct. A macro is used instead so that functional descriptors can be created - * easily by specifying the size of the payload. This allows sizeof() to work correctly. - * - * \param[in] DataSize Size in bytes of the CDC functional descriptor's data payload - */ - #define CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(DataSize) \ - struct \ - { \ - USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; \ - uint8_t SubType; \ - uint8_t Data[DataSize]; \ - } - - /** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 2 - - /** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_TX_EPNUM 3 - - /** Endpoint number of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ - #define CDC_RX_EPNUM 4 - - /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8 - - /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */ - #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16 - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the - * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which - * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. - */ - typedef struct - { - USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CCI_Interface; - CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_IntHeader; - CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_CallManagement; - CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement; - CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_Union; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t ManagementEndpoint; - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t DCI_Interface; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t DataOutEndpoint; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t DataInEndpoint; - } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress) - ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/Doxygen.conf deleted file mode 100644 index fa91d2207..000000000 --- a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/Doxygen.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project -# -# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all -# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the -# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See -# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded -# by quotes) that should identify the project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - CDC Device Demo" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. -# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or -# if some version control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0 - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) -# base path where the generated documentation will be put. -# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location -# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create -# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output -# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. -# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of -# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would -# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# The default language is English, other supported languages are: -# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, -# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, -# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, -# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, -# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in -# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). -# Set to NO to disable this. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend -# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. -# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator -# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string -# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be -# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is -# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. -# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically -# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" -# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" -# "represents" "a" "an" "the" - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full -# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set -# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag -# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is -# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of -# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the -# path to strip. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of -# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells -# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. -# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class -# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that -# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter -# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems -# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen -# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc -# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments -# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will -# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments -# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring -# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen -# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// -# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. -# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed -# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented -# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it -# re-implements. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce -# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will -# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. -# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts -# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". -# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to -# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which -# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". -# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. -# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list -# of all members will be omitted, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified -# scopes will look different, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Fortran. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for -# VHDL. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should -# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. -# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. -# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public -# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter -# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) -# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the -# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or -# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the -# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of -# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a -# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to -# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using -# the \nosubgrouping command. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum -# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically -# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to -# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. -# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. -# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is -# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause -# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time -# causing a significant performance penality. -# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the -# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on -# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the -# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: -# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, -# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols - -SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. -# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless -# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) -# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. -# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local -# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in -# the interface are included in the documentation. -# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base -# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default -# anonymous namespace are hidden. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. -# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the -# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. -# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. -# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various -# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. -# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the -# documentation. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. -# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the -# function's detailed documentation block. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation -# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set -# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. -# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate -# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen -# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the -# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation -# of that file. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] -# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen -# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members -# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically -# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) -# the group names will appear in their defined order. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be -# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to -# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, -# not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the -# alphabetical list. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting -# \deprecated commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional -# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines -# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in -# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified -# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. -# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the -# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer -# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated -# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the -# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories -# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy -# in the documentation. The default is NO. - -SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. -# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the -# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index -# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command , where is the value of -# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and is the name of an input file -# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output -# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by -# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files -# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents -# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a -# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name -# of the layout file. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated -# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank -# NO is used. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings -# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will -# automatically be disabled. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some -# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that -# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for -# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters -# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about -# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of -# documentation. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that -# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text -# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the -# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain -# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could -# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning -# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written -# to stderr. - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or -# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories -# with spaces. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is -# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built -# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for -# the list of possible encodings. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank the following patterns are tested: -# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx -# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90 - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories -# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. -# If left blank NO is used. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. - -EXCLUDE = Documentation/ - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded -# from the input. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched -# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories -# for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see -# the \include command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank all files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude -# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see -# the \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command , where -# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and is the name of an -# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes -# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be -# ignored. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: -# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further -# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER -# is applied to all files. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source -# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will -# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also -# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body -# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct -# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code -# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented -# functions referencing it will be listed. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented entities -# called/used by that function will be listed. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) -# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from -# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will -# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code -# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen -# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source -# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You -# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for -# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index -# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project -# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then -# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns -# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all -# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. -# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that -# should be ignored while generating the index headers. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate HTML output. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for -# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank -# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard footer. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading -# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to -# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen -# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy -# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own -# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, -# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to -# NO a bullet list will be used. - -HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari). - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 -# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). -# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the -# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that -# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find -# it at startup. -# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the -# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple -# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) -# can be grouped. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that -# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a -# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen -# will append .docset to the name. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the -# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) -# of the generated HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You -# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. - -CHM_FILE = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of -# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run -# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag -# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that -# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING -# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file -# content. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag -# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a -# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members -# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER -# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for -# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated -# HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. -# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Namespace. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. -# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated -# .qhp file . - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at -# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and -# the value YES disables it. - -DISABLE_INDEX = NO - -# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) -# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. -# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated -# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that -# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are -# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values -# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories, -# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list; -# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which -# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous -# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE -# respectively. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be -# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree -# is shown. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included -# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that -# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need -# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory -# to force them to be regenerated. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate Latex output. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to -# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the -# default command name. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used -# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and -# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX -# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for -# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until -# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated -# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of -# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep -# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. -# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not -# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) -# in the output. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output -# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with -# other RTF readers or editors. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated -# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other -# programs which support those fields. -# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's -# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide -# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. -# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate man pages - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to -# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, -# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity -# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files -# only source the real man page, but without them the man command -# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an XML file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_SCHEMA = - -# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_DTD = - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting -# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that -# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file -# that captures the structure of the code including all -# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental -# and incomplete at the moment. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this -# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the -# moment. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate -# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able -# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be -# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful -# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this -# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller -# and Perl will parse it just the same. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file -# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. -# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same -# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include -# files. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro -# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional -# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled -# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES -# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the -# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files -# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by -# the preprocessor. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will -# be used. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that -# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name -# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are -# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being -# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator -# instead of the = operator. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then -# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. -# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. -# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then -# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone -# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such -# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse -# the parser if not removed. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. -# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation -# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without -# this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or -# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool -# does not have to be run to correct the links. -# Note that each tag file must have a unique name -# (where the name does NOT include the path) -# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen -# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create -# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed -# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes -# will be listed. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed -# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will -# be listed. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base -# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that -# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a -# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide -# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented -# or is not a class. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization -# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section -# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output -# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This -# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need -# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name -# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, -# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the -# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory -# containing the font. - -DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. -# The default size is 10pt. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the -# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a -# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot -# can find it using this tag. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the -# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and -# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the -# relations between templates and their instances. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT -# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented -# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with -# other documented files. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and -# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each -# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or -# indirectly include this file. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs -# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller -# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES -# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories -# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include -# relations between the files in the directories. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif -# If left blank png will be used. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the -# \dotfile command). - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of -# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph -# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is -# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the -# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note -# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the -# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable -# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes -# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this -# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large -# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not -# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, -# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of -# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) -# support this, this feature is disabled by default. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and -# arrows in the dot generated graphs. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate -# the various graphs. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to the search engine -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be -# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/LUFA CDC.inf b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/LUFA CDC.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 4cdf59435..000000000 --- a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/LUFA CDC.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -;************************************************************ -; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File -; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation - - -[Version] -Signature="$Windows NT$" -Class=Ports -ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318} -Provider=%MFGNAME% -LayoutFile=layout.inf -CatalogFile=%MFGFILENAME%.cat -DriverVer=11/15/2007,5.1.2600.0 - -[Manufacturer] -%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTamd64 - -[DestinationDirs] -DefaultDestDir=12 - - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; Windows 2000/XP/Vista-32bit Sections -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -[DriverInstall.nt] -include=mdmcpq.inf -CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.nt -AddReg=DriverInstall.nt.AddReg - -[DriverCopyFiles.nt] -usbser.sys,,,0x20 - -[DriverInstall.nt.AddReg] -HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern -HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys -HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider" - -[DriverInstall.nt.Services] -AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.nt - -[DriverService.nt] -DisplayName=%SERVICE% -ServiceType=1 -StartType=3 -ErrorControl=1 -ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; Vista-64bit Sections -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -[DriverInstall.NTamd64] -include=mdmcpq.inf -CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64 -AddReg=DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg - -[DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64] -%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys,,,0x20 - -[DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg] -HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern -HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys -HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider" - -[DriverInstall.NTamd64.Services] -AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.NTamd64 - -[DriverService.NTamd64] -DisplayName=%SERVICE% -ServiceType=1 -StartType=3 -ErrorControl=1 -ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys - - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; Vendor and Product ID Definitions -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side -; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match. -; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below. -; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs. -; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line. -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -[SourceDisksFiles] -[SourceDisksNames] -[DeviceList] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044 - -[DeviceList.NTamd64] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044 - - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; String Definitions -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -;Modify these strings to customize your device -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -[Strings] -MFGFILENAME="CDC_vista" -DRIVERFILENAME ="usbser" -MFGNAME="CCS, Inc." -INSTDISK="LUFA CDC Driver Installer" -DESCRIPTION="Communications Port" -SERVICE="USB RS-232 Emulation Driver" \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/makefile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 934b3d014..000000000 --- a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/CDC/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,737 +0,0 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*- -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al. -# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. << -# -# Released to the Public Domain -# -# Additional material for this makefile was written by: -# Peter Fleury -# Tim Henigan -# Colin O'Flynn -# Reiner Patommel -# Markus Pfaff -# Sander Pool -# Frederik Rouleau -# Carlos Lamas -# Dean Camera -# Opendous Inc. -# Denver Gingerich -# -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# On command line: -# -# make all = Make software. -# -# make clean = Clean out built project files. -# -# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF. -# -# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF. -# -# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude. -# Please customize the avrdude settings below first! -# -# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must -# have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must -# have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer -# (must have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP -# (must have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have -# DoxyGen installed) -# -# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, -# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging. -# -# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only. -# -# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting -# bug reports to the GCC project. -# -# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all". -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - -# MCU name -MCU = at90usb1287 - - -# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring -# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called -# "Board" inside the application directory. -BOARD = USBKEY - - -# Processor frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the -# processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to -# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done -# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code. -# -# This will be an integer division of F_CLOCK below, as it is sourced by -# F_CLOCK after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value -# does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to -# reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate -# software delays. -F_CPU = 8000000 - - -# Input clock frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the -# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may -# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the -# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed -# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' -# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your -# source code. -# -# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the -# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU. -F_CLOCK = $(F_CPU) - - -# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary) -FORMAT = ihex - - -# Target file name (without extension). -TARGET = CDC - - -# Object files directory -# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make -# this an empty or blank macro! -OBJDIR = . - - -# Path to the LUFA library -LUFA_PATH = ../../../.. - - -# LUFA library compile-time options -LUFA_OPTS = -D NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -LUFA_OPTS += -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY -LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8 -LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1 -LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" - - -# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -SRC = $(TARGET).c \ - Descriptors.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \ - - -# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -CPPSRC = - - -# List Assembler source files here. -# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s -# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler -# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"! -# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same, -# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does -# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line. -ASRC = - - -# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. -# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size. -# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.) -OPT = s - - -# Debugging format. -# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs. -# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2. -# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run. -DEBUG = dwarf-2 - - -# List any extra directories to look for include files here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ - - -# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level. -# c89 = "ANSI" C -# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions -# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented) -# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions -CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99 - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C sources -CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS) - - -# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources -ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU) - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources -CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS - - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CFLAGS += $(CDEFS) -CFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections -CFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20 -CFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS) -CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions -CPPFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls -#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Assembler Options ---------------- -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns: create listing -# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that -# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames -# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source -# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there] -# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex -# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input. -ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100 - - -#---------------- Library Options ---------------- -# Minimalistic printf version -PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min - -# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version. -PRINTF_LIB = -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN) -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -# Minimalistic scanf version -SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min - -# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version. -SCANF_LIB = -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN) -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -MATH_LIB = -lm - - -# List any extra directories to look for libraries here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRALIBDIRS = - - - -#---------------- External Memory Options ---------------- - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# only used for heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -EXTMEMOPTS = - - - -#---------------- Linker Options ---------------- -# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker. -# -Map: create map file -# --cref: add cross reference to map file -LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections -LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS) -LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS)) -LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB) -#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x - - - -#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ---------------- - -# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd -# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500 -# -# Type: avrdude -c ? -# to get a full listing. -# -AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII - -# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port. -AVRDUDE_PORT = usb - -AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex -#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep - - -# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter. -# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn, -# see avrdude manual. -#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y - -# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be -# performed after programming the device. -#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V - -# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug -# reports about avrdude. See -# to submit bug reports. -#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v - -AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER) - - - -#---------------- Debugging Options ---------------- - -# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency. -DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU) - -# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight. -# DEBUG_UI = gdb -DEBUG_UI = insight - -# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr. -DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice -#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr - -# GDB Init Filename. -GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit - -# When using avarice settings for the JTAG -JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1 - -# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr. -DEBUG_PORT = 4242 - -# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally -# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when -# avarice is running on a different computer. -DEBUG_HOST = localhost - - - -#============================================================================ - - -# Define programs and commands. -SHELL = sh -CC = avr-gcc -OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy -OBJDUMP = avr-objdump -SIZE = avr-size -AR = avr-ar rcs -NM = avr-nm -AVRDUDE = avrdude -REMOVE = rm -f -REMOVEDIR = rm -rf -COPY = cp -WINSHELL = cmd - -# Define Messages -# English -MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none -MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin -------- -MSG_END = -------- end -------- -MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: -MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after: -MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF: -MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF: -MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash: -MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM: -MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing: -MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table: -MSG_LINKING = Linking: -MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C: -MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++: -MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling: -MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project: -MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library: - - - - -# Define all object files. -OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - -# Define all listing files. -LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - - -# Compiler flags to generate dependency files. -GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d - - -# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags. -# Add target processor to flags. -ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS) - - - - - -# Default target. -all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkinvalidevents showliboptions showtarget sizeafter end - -# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library. -build: elf hex eep lss sym -#build: lib - - -elf: $(TARGET).elf -hex: $(TARGET).hex -eep: $(TARGET).eep -lss: $(TARGET).lss -sym: $(TARGET).sym -LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a -lib: $(LIBNAME) - - - -# Eye candy. -# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on -# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job. -begin: - @echo - @echo $(MSG_BEGIN) - -end: - @echo $(MSG_END) - @echo - - -# Display size of file. -HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex -ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf -MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) ) -FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr ) - -sizebefore: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -sizeafter: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst: - @make -C $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/ LUFA_Events.lst - -checkinvalidevents: $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst - @echo - @echo Checking for invalid events... - @$(shell) avr-nm $(OBJ) | sed -n -e 's/^.*EVENT_/EVENT_/p' | \ - grep -F -v --file=$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst > InvalidEvents.tmp || true - @sed -n -e 's/^/ WARNING - INVALID EVENT NAME: /p' InvalidEvents.tmp - @if test -s InvalidEvents.tmp; then exit 1; fi - -showliboptions: - @echo - @echo ---- Compile Time Library Options ---- - @for i in $(LUFA_OPTS:-D%=%); do \ - echo $$i; \ - done - @echo -------------------------------------- - -showtarget: - @echo - @echo --------- Target Information --------- - @echo AVR Model: $(MCU) - @echo Board: $(BOARD) - @echo Clock: $(F_CPU)Hz CPU, $(F_CLOCK)Hz Master - @echo -------------------------------------- - - -# Display compiler version information. -gccversion : - @$(CC) --version - - -# Program the device. -program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM) - -flip: $(TARGET).hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - -dfu: $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - -flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - $(COPY) $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex - -dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - - -# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following: -# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set -# a breakpoint at main(). -gdb-config: - @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr) - @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -endif - @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - -debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice) - @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays. - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \ - $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) - @$(WINSHELL) /c pause - -else - @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \ - $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT) -endif - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE) - - - - -# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB. -COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000 - - - -coff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - -extcoff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - - -# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file. -%.hex: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@ - $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@ - -%.eep: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@ - -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \ - --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0 - -# Create extended listing file from ELF output file. -%.lss: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@ - $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@ - -# Create a symbol table from ELF output file. -%.sym: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@ - $(NM) -n $< > $@ - - - -# Create library from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.a: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@ - $(AR) $@ $(OBJ) - - -# Link: create ELF output file from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.elf: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@ - $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS) - - -# Compile: create object files from C source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create object files from C++ source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C source files. -%.s : %.c - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files. -%.s : %.cpp - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S - @echo - @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report. -%.i : %.c - $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Target: clean project. -clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end - -clean_binary: - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex - -clean_list: - @echo $(MSG_CLEANING) - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i) - $(REMOVE) InvalidEvents.tmp - $(REMOVEDIR) .dep - -doxygen: - @echo Generating Project Documentation... - @doxygen Doxygen.conf - @echo Documentation Generation Complete. - -clean_doxygen: - rm -rf Documentation - -# Create object files directory -$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null) - - -# Include the dependency files. --include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*) - - -# Listing of phony targets. -.PHONY : all checkinvalidevents showliboptions \ -showtarget begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter \ -gccversion build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff \ -program dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee clean debug \ -clean_list clean_binary gdb-config doxygen \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/Descriptors.c deleted file mode 100644 index e64bfb1aa..000000000 --- a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/Descriptors.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,397 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special - * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine - * the device's capabilities and functions. - */ - -#include "Descriptors.h" - -/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as - * the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL. - * This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated - * resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices - * so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value - * from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and - * port location). - */ -#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR) - #warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor. -#endif - -/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall - * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the - * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration - * process begins. - */ -USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = -{ - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, - - .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10), - .Class = 0xEF, - .SubClass = 0x02, - .Protocol = 0x01, - - .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, - - .VendorID = 0x03EB, - .ProductID = 0x204E, - .ReleaseNumber = 0x0000, - - .ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01, - .ProductStrIndex = 0x02, - .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, - - .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS -}; - -/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage - * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces - * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting - * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. - */ -USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = -{ - .Config = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, - - .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), - .TotalInterfaces = 4, - - .ConfigurationNumber = 1, - .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, - - .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), - - .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) - }, - - .IAD1 = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation}, - - .FirstInterfaceIndex = 0, - .TotalInterfaces = 2, - - .Class = 0x02, - .SubClass = 0x02, - .Protocol = 0x01, - - .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC1_CCI_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = 0, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 1, - - .Class = 0x02, - .SubClass = 0x02, - .Protocol = 0x01, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC1_Functional_IntHeader = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24}, - .SubType = 0x00, - - .Data = {0x01, 0x10} - }, - - .CDC1_Functional_CallManagement = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24}, - .SubType = 0x01, - - .Data = {0x03, 0x01} - }, - - .CDC1_Functional_AbstractControlManagement = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24}, - .SubType = 0x02, - - .Data = {0x06} - }, - - .CDC1_Functional_Union = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24}, - .SubType = 0x06, - - .Data = {0x00, 0x01} - }, - - .CDC1_ManagementEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM), - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF - }, - - .CDC1_DCI_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = 1, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 2, - - .Class = 0x0A, - .SubClass = 0x00, - .Protocol = 0x00, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC1_DataOutEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC1_RX_EPNUM), - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00 - }, - - .CDC1_DataInEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC1_TX_EPNUM), - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00 - }, - - .IAD2 = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation}, - - .FirstInterfaceIndex = 2, - .TotalInterfaces = 2, - - .Class = 0x02, - .SubClass = 0x02, - .Protocol = 0x01, - - .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC2_CCI_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = 2, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 1, - - .Class = 0x02, - .SubClass = 0x02, - .Protocol = 0x01, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC2_Functional_IntHeader = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24}, - .SubType = 0x00, - - .Data = {0x01, 0x10} - }, - - .CDC2_Functional_CallManagement = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24}, - .SubType = 0x01, - - .Data = {0x03, 0x03} - }, - - .CDC2_Functional_AbstractControlManagement = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24}, - .SubType = 0x02, - - .Data = {0x06} - }, - - .CDC2_Functional_Union = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24}, - .SubType = 0x06, - - .Data = {0x02, 0x03} - }, - - .CDC2_ManagementEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM), - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF - }, - - .CDC2_DCI_Interface = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, - - .InterfaceNumber = 3, - .AlternateSetting = 0, - - .TotalEndpoints = 2, - - .Class = 0x0A, - .SubClass = 0x00, - .Protocol = 0x00, - - .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR - }, - - .CDC2_DataOutEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC2_RX_EPNUM), - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00 - }, - - .CDC2_DataInEndpoint = - { - .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, - - .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC2_TX_EPNUM), - .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), - .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00 - } -}; - -/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests - * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate - * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. - */ -USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = -{ - .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String}, - - .UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG} -}; - -/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable - * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = -{ - .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String}, - - .UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera" -}; - -/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, - * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device - * Descriptor. - */ -USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = -{ - .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(13), .Type = DTYPE_String}, - - .UnicodeString = L"LUFA Dual CDC Demo" -}; - -/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" - * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given - * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function - * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the - * USB host. - */ -uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress) -{ - const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); - const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); - - void* Address = NULL; - uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; - - switch (DescriptorType) - { - case DTYPE_Device: - Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); - break; - case DTYPE_Configuration: - Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor; - Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); - break; - case DTYPE_String: - switch (DescriptorNumber) - { - case 0x00: - Address = (void*)&LanguageString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); - break; - case 0x01: - Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); - break; - case 0x02: - Address = (void*)&ProductString; - Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); - break; - } - - break; - } - - *DescriptorAddress = Address; - return Size; -} diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/Descriptors.h deleted file mode 100644 index de4dd27a4..000000000 --- a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/Descriptors.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for Descriptors.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ -#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include - - #include - - /* Macros: */ - /** Macro to define a CDC class-specific functional descriptor. CDC functional descriptors have a - * uniform structure but variable sized data payloads, thus cannot be represented accurately by - * a single typedef struct. A macro is used instead so that functional descriptors can be created - * easily by specifying the size of the payload. This allows sizeof() to work correctly. - * - * \param[in] DataSize Size in bytes of the CDC functional descriptor's data payload - */ - #define CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(DataSize) \ - struct \ - { \ - USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; \ - uint8_t SubType; \ - uint8_t Data[DataSize]; \ - } - - /** Endpoint number of the first CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 3 - - /** Endpoint number of the first CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC1_TX_EPNUM 1 - - /** Endpoint number of the first CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ - #define CDC1_RX_EPNUM 2 - - /** Endpoint number of the second CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 4 - - /** Endpoint number of the second CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ - #define CDC2_TX_EPNUM 5 - - /** Endpoint number of the second CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ - #define CDC2_RX_EPNUM 6 - - /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoints. */ - #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8 - - /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */ - #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16 - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the - * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which - * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. - */ - typedef struct - { - USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; - USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t IAD1; - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_CCI_Interface; - CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC1_Functional_IntHeader; - CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC1_Functional_CallManagement; - CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC1_Functional_AbstractControlManagement; - CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC1_Functional_Union; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_ManagementEndpoint; - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_DCI_Interface; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataOutEndpoint; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataInEndpoint; - USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t IAD2; - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_CCI_Interface; - CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC2_Functional_IntHeader; - CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC2_Functional_CallManagement; - CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC2_Functional_AbstractControlManagement; - CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC2_Functional_Union; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_ManagementEndpoint; - USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_DCI_Interface; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataOutEndpoint; - USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataInEndpoint; - } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress) - ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/Doxygen.conf deleted file mode 100644 index 04af23b64..000000000 --- a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/Doxygen.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@ -# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1 - -# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system -# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project -# -# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored -# The format is: -# TAG = value [value, ...] -# For lists items can also be appended using: -# TAG += value [value, ...] -# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Project related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file -# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all -# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the -# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See -# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. - -DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded -# by quotes) that should identify the project. - -PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Dual CDC Device Demo" - -# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. -# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or -# if some version control system is used. - -PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0 - -# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) -# base path where the generated documentation will be put. -# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location -# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. - -OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ - -# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create -# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output -# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. -# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of -# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would -# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. - -CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO - -# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all -# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this -# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. -# The default language is English, other supported languages are: -# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, -# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, -# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), -# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, -# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, -# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian. - -OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English - -# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in -# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). -# Set to NO to disable this. - -BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES - -# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend -# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. -# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the -# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. - -REPEAT_BRIEF = YES - -# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator -# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string -# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be -# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is -# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. -# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically -# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" -# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" -# "represents" "a" "an" "the" - -ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ - "The $name widget" \ - "The $name file" \ - is \ - provides \ - specifies \ - contains \ - represents \ - a \ - an \ - the - -# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then -# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief -# description. - -ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO - -# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all -# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those -# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment -# operators of the base classes will not be shown. - -INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full -# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set -# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. - -FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES - -# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag -# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is -# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of -# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. -# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the -# path to strip. - -STRIP_FROM_PATH = - -# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of -# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells -# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. -# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class -# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that -# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. - -STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = - -# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter -# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems -# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. - -SHORT_NAMES = YES - -# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen -# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc -# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments -# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) - -JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will -# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style -# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments -# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring -# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) - -QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO - -# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen -# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// -# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. -# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed -# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. - -MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO - -# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented -# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it -# re-implements. - -INHERIT_DOCS = YES - -# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce -# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will -# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. - -SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO - -# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. -# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. - -TAB_SIZE = 4 - -# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts -# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". -# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to -# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which -# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". -# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. - -ALIASES = - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. -# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list -# of all members will be omitted, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified -# scopes will look different, etc. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran -# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for -# Fortran. - -OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO - -# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL -# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for -# VHDL. - -OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO - -# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want -# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should -# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and -# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. -# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration -# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. - -BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO - -# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to -# enable parsing support. - -CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO - -# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. -# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public -# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. - -SIP_SUPPORT = NO - -# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter -# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) -# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the -# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or -# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the -# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. - -IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES - -# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC -# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first -# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default -# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. - -DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO - -# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of -# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a -# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to -# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using -# the \nosubgrouping command. - -SUBGROUPING = YES - -# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum -# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So -# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct -# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, -# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically -# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound -# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. - -TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO - -# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to -# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. -# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. -# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is -# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause -# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time -# causing a significant performance penality. -# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the -# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on -# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the -# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: -# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, -# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols - -SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Build related configuration options -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in -# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. -# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless -# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES - -EXTRACT_ALL = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file -# will be included in the documentation. - -EXTRACT_STATIC = YES - -# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) -# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. -# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES - -# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local -# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in -# the interface are included in the documentation. -# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. - -EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO - -# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be -# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called -# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base -# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default -# anonymous namespace are hidden. - -EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. -# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the -# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. -# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO - -# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. -# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various -# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. - -HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO - -# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all -# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. -# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the -# documentation. - -HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO - -# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any -# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. -# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the -# function's detailed documentation block. - -HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO - -# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation -# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set -# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. -# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. - -INTERNAL_DOCS = NO - -# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate -# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also -# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ -# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows -# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. - -CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO - -# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen -# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the -# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. - -HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO - -# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation -# of that file. - -SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES - -# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] -# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. - -INLINE_INFO = YES - -# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen -# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members -# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES - -# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically -# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in -# declaration order. - -SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO - -# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the -# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) -# the group names will appear in their defined order. - -SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO - -# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be -# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to -# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, -# not including the namespace part. -# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. -# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the -# alphabetical list. - -SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO - -# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug -# commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO - -# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or -# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting -# \deprecated commands in the documentation. - -GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES - -# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional -# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. - -ENABLED_SECTIONS = - -# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines -# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in -# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified -# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. -# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the -# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer -# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. - -MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 - -# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated -# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the -# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. - -SHOW_USED_FILES = YES - -# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories -# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy -# in the documentation. The default is NO. - -SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. -# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the -# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_FILES = YES - -# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the -# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index -# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. - -SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES - -# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that -# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from -# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via -# popen()) the command , where is the value of -# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and is the name of an input file -# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output -# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. - -FILE_VERSION_FILTER = - -# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by -# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files -# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents -# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a -# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name -# of the layout file. - -LAYOUT_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to warning and progress messages -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated -# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -QUIET = YES - -# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are -# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank -# NO is used. - -WARNINGS = YES - -# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings -# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will -# automatically be disabled. - -WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES - -# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for -# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some -# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that -# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. - -WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES - -# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for -# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters -# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about -# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of -# documentation. - -WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES - -# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that -# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text -# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the -# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain -# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could -# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) - -WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" - -# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning -# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written -# to stderr. - -WARN_LOGFILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the input files -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain -# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or -# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories -# with spaces. - -INPUT = ./ - -# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files -# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is -# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built -# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for -# the list of possible encodings. - -INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank the following patterns are tested: -# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx -# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90 - -FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ - *.c \ - *.txt - -# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories -# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. -# If left blank NO is used. - -RECURSIVE = YES - -# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should -# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a -# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. - -EXCLUDE = Documentation/ - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or -# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded -# from the input. - -EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO - -# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude -# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched -# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories -# for example use the pattern */test/* - -EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h - -# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names -# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the -# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the -# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, -# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test - -EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* - -# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see -# the \include command). - -EXAMPLE_PATH = - -# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the -# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp -# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left -# blank all files are included. - -EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * - -# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be -# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude -# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. -# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. - -EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO - -# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or -# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see -# the \image command). - -IMAGE_PATH = - -# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should -# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program -# by executing (via popen()) the command , where -# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and is the name of an -# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes -# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be -# ignored. - -INPUT_FILTER = - -# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern -# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the -# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: -# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further -# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER -# is applied to all files. - -FILTER_PATTERNS = - -# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using -# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source -# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). - -FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to source browsing -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will -# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. -# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also -# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. - -SOURCE_BROWSER = NO - -# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body -# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. - -INLINE_SOURCES = NO - -# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct -# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code -# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. - -STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES - -# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented -# functions referencing it will be listed. - -REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES -# then for each documented function all documented entities -# called/used by that function will be listed. - -REFERENCES_RELATION = NO - -# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) -# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from -# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will -# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion. - -REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO - -# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code -# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen -# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source -# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You -# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. - -USE_HTAGS = NO - -# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen -# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for -# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. - -VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index -# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project -# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. - -ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES - -# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then -# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns -# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) - -COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 - -# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all -# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. -# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that -# should be ignored while generating the index headers. - -IGNORE_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the HTML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate HTML output. - -GENERATE_HTML = YES - -# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. - -HTML_OUTPUT = html - -# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for -# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank -# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. - -HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html - -# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. - -HTML_HEADER = - -# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for -# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard footer. - -HTML_FOOTER = - -# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading -# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to -# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen -# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy -# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own -# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! - -HTML_STYLESHEET = - -# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, -# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to -# NO a bullet list will be used. - -HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES - -# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML -# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the -# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari). - -HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES - -# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 -# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). -# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the -# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that -# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in -# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find -# it at startup. -# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information. - -GENERATE_DOCSET = NO - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the -# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple -# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) -# can be grouped. - -DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" - -# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that -# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a -# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen -# will append .docset to the name. - -DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files -# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the -# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) -# of the generated HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You -# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be -# written to the html output directory. - -CHM_FILE = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of -# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run -# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. - -HHC_LOCATION = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag -# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that -# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). - -GENERATE_CHI = NO - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING -# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file -# content. - -CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = - -# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag -# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a -# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. - -BINARY_TOC = NO - -# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members -# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. - -TOC_EXPAND = YES - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER -# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for -# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated -# HTML documentation. - -GENERATE_QHP = NO - -# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can -# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. -# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. - -QCH_FILE = - -# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Namespace. - -QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project - -# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating -# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see -# Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders. - -QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc - -# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can -# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. -# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated -# .qhp file . - -QHG_LOCATION = - -# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at -# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and -# the value YES disables it. - -DISABLE_INDEX = NO - -# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) -# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. - -ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 - -# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index -# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. -# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated -# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that -# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports -# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, -# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are -# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values -# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories, -# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list; -# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which -# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous -# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE -# respectively. - -GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES - -# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be -# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree -# is shown. - -TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 - -# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included -# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that -# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need -# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory -# to force them to be regenerated. - -FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the LaTeX output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate Latex output. - -GENERATE_LATEX = NO - -# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. - -LATEX_OUTPUT = latex - -# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be -# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. - -LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex - -# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to -# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the -# default command name. - -MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex - -# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_LATEX = NO - -# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used -# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and -# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. - -PAPER_TYPE = a4wide - -# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX -# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. - -EXTRA_PACKAGES = - -# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for -# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until -# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a -# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! - -LATEX_HEADER = - -# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated -# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. - -PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES - -# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of -# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a -# higher quality PDF documentation. - -USE_PDFLATEX = YES - -# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. -# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep -# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. -# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. - -LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO - -# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not -# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) -# in the output. - -LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the RTF output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output -# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with -# other RTF readers or editors. - -GENERATE_RTF = NO - -# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. - -RTF_OUTPUT = rtf - -# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact -# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to -# save some trees in general. - -COMPACT_RTF = NO - -# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated -# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will -# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. -# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other -# programs which support those fields. -# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. - -RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO - -# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's -# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide -# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. - -RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = - -# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. -# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. - -RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the man page output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate man pages - -GENERATE_MAN = NO - -# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. - -MAN_OUTPUT = man - -# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to -# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) - -MAN_EXTENSION = .3 - -# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, -# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity -# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files -# only source the real man page, but without them the man command -# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. - -MAN_LINKS = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the XML output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an XML file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. - -GENERATE_XML = NO - -# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. -# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be -# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. - -XML_OUTPUT = xml - -# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_SCHEMA = - -# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, -# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the -# syntax of the XML files. - -XML_DTD = - -# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting -# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that -# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. - -XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file -# that captures the structure of the code including all -# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental -# and incomplete at the moment. - -GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# configuration options related to the Perl module output -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will -# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of -# the code including all documentation. Note that this -# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the -# moment. - -GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate -# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able -# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. - -PERLMOD_LATEX = NO - -# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be -# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful -# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this -# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller -# and Perl will parse it just the same. - -PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES - -# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file -# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. -# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same -# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. - -PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the preprocessor -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include -# files. - -ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro -# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional -# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled -# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. - -MACRO_EXPANSION = YES - -# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES -# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the -# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. - -EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES - -# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files -# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. - -SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES - -# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by -# the preprocessor. - -INCLUDE_PATH = - -# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard -# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the -# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will -# be used. - -INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = - -# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that -# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of -# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name -# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are -# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being -# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator -# instead of the = operator. - -PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ - -# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then -# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. -# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. -# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. - -EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG - -# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then -# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone -# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such -# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse -# the parser if not removed. - -SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to external references -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. -# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation -# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without -# this location is as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... -# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: -# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... -# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or -# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool -# does not have to be run to correct the links. -# Note that each tag file must have a unique name -# (where the name does NOT include the path) -# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen -# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. - -TAGFILES = - -# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create -# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. - -GENERATE_TAGFILE = - -# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed -# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes -# will be listed. - -ALLEXTERNALS = NO - -# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed -# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will -# be listed. - -EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES - -# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script -# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). - -PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration options related to the dot tool -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base -# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that -# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a -# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more -# powerful graphs. - -CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO - -# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc -# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see -# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the -# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where -# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the -# default search path. - -MSCGEN_PATH = - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide -# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented -# or is not a class. - -HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES - -# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is -# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization -# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section -# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) - -HAVE_DOT = NO - -# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output -# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This -# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need -# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name -# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, -# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the -# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory -# containing the font. - -DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans - -# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. -# The default size is 10pt. - -DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 - -# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the -# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a -# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot -# can find it using this tag. - -DOT_FONTPATH = - -# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the -# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. - -CLASS_GRAPH = NO - -# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and -# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and -# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. - -COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies - -GROUP_GRAPHS = NO - -# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and -# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling -# Language. - -UML_LOOK = NO - -# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the -# relations between templates and their instances. - -TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT -# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented -# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with -# other documented files. - -INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO - -# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and -# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each -# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or -# indirectly include this file. - -INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs -# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. - -CALL_GRAPH = NO - -# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then -# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function -# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase -# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller -# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. - -CALLER_GRAPH = NO - -# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen -# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. - -GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO - -# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES -# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories -# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include -# relations between the files in the directories. - -DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO - -# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images -# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif -# If left blank png will be used. - -DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png - -# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be -# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. - -DOT_PATH = - -# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that -# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the -# \dotfile command). - -DOTFILE_DIRS = - -# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of -# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph -# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is -# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the -# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note -# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. - -DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 - -# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the -# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable -# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes -# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this -# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large -# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by -# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. - -MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 - -# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent -# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not -# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, -# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of -# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). - -DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES - -# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output -# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This -# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) -# support this, this feature is disabled by default. - -DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO - -# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and -# arrows in the dot generated graphs. - -GENERATE_LEGEND = YES - -# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will -# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate -# the various graphs. - -DOT_CLEANUP = YES - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Configuration::additions related to the search engine -#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be -# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. - -SEARCHENGINE = NO diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/DualCDC.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/DualCDC.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8b1da0348..000000000 --- a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/DualCDC.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,323 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Main source file for the DualCDC demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and - * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. - */ - -#include "DualCDC.h" - -/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the first virtual serial port. While this demo does not use - * the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host - * upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional. - * - * These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately. - * It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical - * serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams. - */ -CDC_Line_Coding_t LineEncoding1 = { .BaudRateBPS = 0, - .CharFormat = OneStopBit, - .ParityType = Parity_None, - .DataBits = 8 }; - -/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the second virtual serial port. While this demo does not use - * the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host - * upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional. - * - * These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately. - * It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical - * serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams. - */ -CDC_Line_Coding_t LineEncoding2 = { .BaudRateBPS = 0, - .CharFormat = OneStopBit, - .ParityType = Parity_None, - .DataBits = 8 }; - - -/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then - * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence. - */ -int main(void) -{ - SetupHardware(); - - for (;;) - { - CDC1_Task(); - CDC2_Task(); - USB_USBTask(); - } -} - -/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ -void SetupHardware(void) -{ - /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ - MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); - wdt_disable(); - - /* Disable clock division */ - clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); - - /* Hardware Initialization */ - Joystick_Init(); - LEDs_Init(); - USB_Init(); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and - * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) -{ - /* Indicate USB enumerating */ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via - * the status LEDs and stops the USB management and CDC management tasks. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) -{ - /* Indicate USB not ready */ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration - * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the CDC management tasks are started. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) -{ - /* Indicate USB connected and ready */ - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); - - /* Setup CDC Notification, Rx and Tx Endpoints for the first CDC */ - if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, - ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, - ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - } - - if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_TX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK, - ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - } - - if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_RX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK, - ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - } - - /* Setup CDC Notification, Rx and Tx Endpoints for the second CDC */ - if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, - ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, - ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - } - - if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_TX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK, - ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - } - - if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_RX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK, - ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, - ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) - { - LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); - } - - /* Reset line encoding baud rates so that the host knows to send new values */ - LineEncoding1.BaudRateBPS = 0; - LineEncoding2.BaudRateBPS = 0; -} - -/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific - * control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the CDC control commands, - * which are all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application. - */ -void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void) -{ - /* Determine which interface's Line Coding data is being set from the wIndex parameter */ - uint8_t* LineEncodingData = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex == 0) ? (uint8_t*)&LineEncoding1 : (uint8_t*)&LineEncoding2; - - /* Process CDC specific control requests */ - switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest) - { - case REQ_GetLineEncoding: - if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) - { - /* Acknowledge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */ - Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); - - /* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */ - Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(LineEncodingData, sizeof(CDC_Line_Coding_t)); - - /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */ - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - } - - break; - case REQ_SetLineEncoding: - if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) - { - /* Acknowledge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */ - Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); - - /* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */ - Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(LineEncodingData, sizeof(CDC_Line_Coding_t)); - - /* Finalize the stream transfer to clear the last packet from the host */ - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - } - - break; - case REQ_SetControlLineState: - if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) - { - /* Acknowledge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */ - Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); - - Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); - } - - break; - } -} - -/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host for the first CDC interface, which sends joystick - * movements to the host as ASCII strings. - */ -void CDC1_Task(void) -{ - char* ReportString = NULL; - uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus(); - static bool ActionSent = false; - - /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ - if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) - return; - - /* Determine if a joystick action has occurred */ - if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP) - ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n"; - else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN) - ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n"; - else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT) - ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n"; - else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT) - ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n"; - else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS) - ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n"; - else - ActionSent = false; - - /* Flag management - Only allow one string to be sent per action */ - if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false) && LineEncoding1.BaudRateBPS) - { - ActionSent = true; - - /* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */ - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC1_TX_EPNUM); - - /* Write the String to the Endpoint */ - Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportString, strlen(ReportString)); - - /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for another packet */ - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - - /* Send an empty packet to ensure that the host does not buffer data sent to it */ - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - } - - /* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */ - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC1_RX_EPNUM); - - /* Throw away any received data from the host */ - if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()) - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); -} - -/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host for the second CDC interface, which echoes back - * all data sent to it from the host. - */ -void CDC2_Task(void) -{ - /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ - if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) - return; - - /* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */ - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC2_RX_EPNUM); - - /* Check to see if any data has been received */ - if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()) - { - /* Create a temp buffer big enough to hold the incoming endpoint packet */ - uint8_t Buffer[Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()]; - - /* Remember how large the incoming packet is */ - uint16_t DataLength = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(); - - /* Read in the incoming packet into the buffer */ - Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Buffer, DataLength); - - /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ - Endpoint_ClearOUT(); - - /* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */ - Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC2_TX_EPNUM); - - /* Write the received data to the endpoint */ - Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Buffer, DataLength); - - /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - - /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for the next packet */ - Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); - - /* Send an empty packet to prevent host buffering */ - Endpoint_ClearIN(); - } -} diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/DualCDC.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/DualCDC.h deleted file mode 100644 index b2085c452..000000000 --- a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/DualCDC.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,119 +0,0 @@ -/* - LUFA Library - Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. - - dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com - www.fourwalledcubicle.com -*/ - -/* - Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software - and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby - granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all - copies and that both that the copyright notice and this - permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting - documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in - advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the - software without specific, written prior permission. - - The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this - software, including all implied warranties of merchantability - and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any - special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages - whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether - in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, - arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of - this software. -*/ - -/** \file - * - * Header file for DualCDC.c. - */ - -#ifndef _DUAL_CDC_H_ -#define _DUAL_CDC_H_ - - /* Includes: */ - #include - #include - #include - #include - - #include "Descriptors.h" - - #include - #include - #include - #include - - /* Macros: */ - /** CDC Class specific request to get the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */ - #define REQ_GetLineEncoding 0x21 - - /** CDC Class specific request to set the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */ - #define REQ_SetLineEncoding 0x20 - - /** CDC Class specific request to set the current virtual serial port handshake line states. */ - #define REQ_SetControlLineState 0x22 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) - - /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ - #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) - - /* Type Defines: */ - /** Type define for the virtual serial port line encoding settings, for storing the current USART configuration - * as set by the host via a class specific request. - */ - typedef struct - { - uint32_t BaudRateBPS; /**< Baud rate of the virtual serial port, in bits per second */ - uint8_t CharFormat; /**< Character format of the virtual serial port, a value from the - * CDCDevice_CDC_LineCodingFormats_t enum - */ - uint8_t ParityType; /**< Parity setting of the virtual serial port, a value from the - * CDCDevice_LineCodingParity_t enum - */ - uint8_t DataBits; /**< Bits of data per character of the virtual serial port */ - } CDC_Line_Coding_t; - - /* Enums: */ - /** Enum for the possible line encoding formats of a virtual serial port. */ - enum CDCDevice_CDC_LineCodingFormats_t - { - OneStopBit = 0, /**< Each frame contains one stop bit */ - OneAndAHalfStopBits = 1, /**< Each frame contains one and a half stop bits */ - TwoStopBits = 2, /**< Each frame contains two stop bits */ - }; - - /** Enum for the possible line encoding parity settings of a virtual serial port. */ - enum CDCDevice_LineCodingParity_t - { - Parity_None = 0, /**< No parity bit mode on each frame */ - Parity_Odd = 1, /**< Odd parity bit mode on each frame */ - Parity_Even = 2, /**< Even parity bit mode on each frame */ - Parity_Mark = 3, /**< Mark parity bit mode on each frame */ - Parity_Space = 4, /**< Space parity bit mode on each frame */ - }; - - /* Function Prototypes: */ - void CDC1_Task(void); - void CDC2_Task(void); - void SetupHardware(void); - - void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); - void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void); - -#endif diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/DualCDC.txt b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/DualCDC.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 761769e3c..000000000 --- a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/DualCDC.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -/** \file - * - * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special - * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. - */ - -/** \mainpage Dual Communications Device Class (Dual Virtual Serial Port) Device - * - * \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility: - * - * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. - * - * - Series 7 USB AVRs - * - Series 6 USB AVRs - * - Series 4 USB AVRs - * - Series 2 USB AVRs - * - * \section SSec_Info USB Information: - * - * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - * - *
USB Mode:Device
USB Class:Miscellaneous Device Class( Sub-Interface: Communications Device Class (CDC) )
USB Subclass:Common Class( Sub-Interface: Abstract Control Model (ACM) )
Relevant Standards:USBIF Interface Association Descriptor ECNUSBIF CDC Class Standard
Usable Speeds:Full Speed Mode
- * - * \section SSec_Description Project Description: - * - * Dual Communications Device Class demonstration application. - * This gives a simple reference application for implementing - * a compound device with dual CDC functions acting as a pair - * of virtual serial ports. This demo uses Interface Association - * Descriptors to link together the pair of related CDC - * descriptors for each virtual serial port, which may not be - * supported in all OSes - Windows Vista is supported, as is - * XP (although the latter may need a hotfix to function). - * - * Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings - * through the first serial port. The device does not respond to - * serial data sent from the host in the first serial port. - * - * The second serial port echoes back data sent from the host. - * - * After running this demo for the first time on a new computer, - * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo - * project's directory as the device's driver when running under - * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers, - * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other - * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt - * CDC-ACM drivers. - * - * \section SSec_Options Project Options - * - * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. - * - * - * - * - * - *
- * None - *
- */ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/LUFA DualCDC.inf b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/LUFA DualCDC.inf deleted file mode 100644 index 741bf28eb..000000000 --- a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/LUFA DualCDC.inf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -;************************************************************ -; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File -; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation - - -[Version] -Signature="$Windows NT$" -Class=Ports -ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318} -Provider=%MFGNAME% -LayoutFile=layout.inf -CatalogFile=%MFGFILENAME%.cat -DriverVer=11/15/2007,5.1.2600.0 - -[Manufacturer] -%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTamd64 - -[DestinationDirs] -DefaultDestDir=12 - - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; Windows 2000/XP/Vista-32bit Sections -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -[DriverInstall.nt] -include=mdmcpq.inf -CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.nt -AddReg=DriverInstall.nt.AddReg - -[DriverCopyFiles.nt] -usbser.sys,,,0x20 - -[DriverInstall.nt.AddReg] -HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern -HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys -HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider" - -[DriverInstall.nt.Services] -AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.nt - -[DriverService.nt] -DisplayName=%SERVICE% -ServiceType=1 -StartType=3 -ErrorControl=1 -ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; Vista-64bit Sections -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -[DriverInstall.NTamd64] -include=mdmcpq.inf -CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64 -AddReg=DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg - -[DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64] -%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys,,,0x20 - -[DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg] -HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern -HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys -HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider" - -[DriverInstall.NTamd64.Services] -AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.NTamd64 - -[DriverService.NTamd64] -DisplayName=%SERVICE% -ServiceType=1 -StartType=3 -ErrorControl=1 -ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys - - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; Vendor and Product ID Definitions -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side -; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match. -; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below. -; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs. -; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line. -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -[SourceDisksFiles] -[SourceDisksNames] -[DeviceList] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02 - -[DeviceList.NTamd64] -%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02 - - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -; String Definitions -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -;Modify these strings to customize your device -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -[Strings] -MFGFILENAME="CDC_vista" -DRIVERFILENAME ="usbser" -MFGNAME="CCS, Inc." -INSTDISK="LUFA Dual CDC Driver Installer" -DESCRIPTION="Communications Port" -SERVICE="USB RS-232 Emulation Driver" \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/makefile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 802a4dd5c..000000000 --- a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualCDC/makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,737 +0,0 @@ -# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*- -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al. -# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. << -# -# Released to the Public Domain -# -# Additional material for this makefile was written by: -# Peter Fleury -# Tim Henigan -# Colin O'Flynn -# Reiner Patommel -# Markus Pfaff -# Sander Pool -# Frederik Rouleau -# Carlos Lamas -# Dean Camera -# Opendous Inc. -# Denver Gingerich -# -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -# On command line: -# -# make all = Make software. -# -# make clean = Clean out built project files. -# -# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF. -# -# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF. -# -# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude. -# Please customize the avrdude settings below first! -# -# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must -# have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must -# have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer -# (must have dfu-programmer installed). -# -# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP -# (must have Atmel FLIP installed). -# -# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have -# DoxyGen installed) -# -# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, -# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging. -# -# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only. -# -# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting -# bug reports to the GCC project. -# -# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all". -#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - -# MCU name -MCU = at90usb1287 - - -# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring -# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called -# "Board" inside the application directory. -BOARD = USBKEY - - -# Processor frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the -# processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to -# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done -# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code. -# -# This will be an integer division of F_CLOCK below, as it is sourced by -# F_CLOCK after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value -# does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to -# reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate -# software delays. -F_CPU = 8000000 - - -# Input clock frequency. -# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the -# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may -# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the -# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed -# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' -# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your -# source code. -# -# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the -# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU. -F_CLOCK = $(F_CPU) - - -# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary) -FORMAT = ihex - - -# Target file name (without extension). -TARGET = DualCDC - - -# Object files directory -# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make -# this an empty or blank macro! -OBJDIR = . - - -# Path to the LUFA library -LUFA_PATH = ../../../.. - - -# LUFA library compile-time options -LUFA_OPTS = -D NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -LUFA_OPTS += -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY -LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8 -LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1 -LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS -LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" - - -# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -SRC = $(TARGET).c \ - Descriptors.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \ - $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \ - - -# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) -CPPSRC = - - -# List Assembler source files here. -# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s -# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler -# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"! -# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same, -# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does -# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line. -ASRC = - - -# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. -# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size. -# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.) -OPT = s - - -# Debugging format. -# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs. -# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2. -# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run. -DEBUG = dwarf-2 - - -# List any extra directories to look for include files here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ - - -# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level. -# c89 = "ANSI" C -# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions -# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented) -# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions -CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99 - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C sources -CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS) - - -# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources -ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU) - - -# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources -CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS - - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CFLAGS += $(CDEFS) -CFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections -CFLAGS += -fno-inline-small-functions -CFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ---------------- -# -g*: generate debugging information -# -O*: optimization level -# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation -# -Wall...: warning level -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns...: create assembler listing -CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) -CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS) -CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT) -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char -CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields -CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct -CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums -CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions -CPPFLAGS += -Wall -CFLAGS += -Wundef -#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls -#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time -#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes -#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code -#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare -CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) -CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) -#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) - - -#---------------- Assembler Options ---------------- -# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. -# -adhlns: create listing -# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that -# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames -# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source -# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there] -# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex -# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input. -ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100 - - -#---------------- Library Options ---------------- -# Minimalistic printf version -PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min - -# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version. -PRINTF_LIB = -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN) -#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -# Minimalistic scanf version -SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min - -# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) -SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt - -# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version. -SCANF_LIB = -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN) -#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT) - - -MATH_LIB = -lm - - -# List any extra directories to look for libraries here. -# Each directory must be seperated by a space. -# Use forward slashes for directory separators. -# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. -EXTRALIBDIRS = - - - -#---------------- External Memory Options ---------------- - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), -# only used for heap (malloc()). -#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff - -EXTMEMOPTS = - - - -#---------------- Linker Options ---------------- -# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker. -# -Map: create map file -# --cref: add cross reference to map file -LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax -LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections -LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS) -LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS)) -LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB) -#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x - - - -#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ---------------- - -# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd -# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500 -# -# Type: avrdude -c ? -# to get a full listing. -# -AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII - -# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port. -AVRDUDE_PORT = usb - -AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex -#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep - - -# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter. -# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn, -# see avrdude manual. -#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y - -# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be -# performed after programming the device. -#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V - -# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug -# reports about avrdude. See -# to submit bug reports. -#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v - -AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE) -AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER) - - - -#---------------- Debugging Options ---------------- - -# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency. -DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU) - -# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight. -# DEBUG_UI = gdb -DEBUG_UI = insight - -# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr. -DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice -#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr - -# GDB Init Filename. -GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit - -# When using avarice settings for the JTAG -JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1 - -# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr. -DEBUG_PORT = 4242 - -# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally -# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when -# avarice is running on a different computer. -DEBUG_HOST = localhost - - - -#============================================================================ - - -# Define programs and commands. -SHELL = sh -CC = avr-gcc -OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy -OBJDUMP = avr-objdump -SIZE = avr-size -AR = avr-ar rcs -NM = avr-nm -AVRDUDE = avrdude -REMOVE = rm -f -REMOVEDIR = rm -rf -COPY = cp -WINSHELL = cmd - -# Define Messages -# English -MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none -MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin -------- -MSG_END = -------- end -------- -MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: -MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after: -MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF: -MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF: -MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash: -MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM: -MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing: -MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table: -MSG_LINKING = Linking: -MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C: -MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++: -MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling: -MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project: -MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library: - - - - -# Define all object files. -OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - -# Define all listing files. -LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - - -# Compiler flags to generate dependency files. -GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d - - -# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags. -# Add target processor to flags. -ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) -ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS) - - - - - -# Default target. -all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkinvalidevents showliboptions showtarget sizeafter end - -# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library. -build: elf hex eep lss sym -#build: lib - - -elf: $(TARGET).elf -hex: $(TARGET).hex -eep: $(TARGET).eep -lss: $(TARGET).lss -sym: $(TARGET).sym -LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a -lib: $(LIBNAME) - - - -# Eye candy. -# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on -# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job. -begin: - @echo - @echo $(MSG_BEGIN) - -end: - @echo $(MSG_END) - @echo - - -# Display size of file. -HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex -ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf -MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) ) -FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr ) - -sizebefore: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -sizeafter: - @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \ - 2>/dev/null; echo; fi - -$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst: - @make -C $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/ LUFA_Events.lst - -checkinvalidevents: $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst - @echo - @echo Checking for invalid events... - @$(shell) avr-nm $(OBJ) | sed -n -e 's/^.*EVENT_/EVENT_/p' | \ - grep -F -v --file=$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst > InvalidEvents.tmp || true - @sed -n -e 's/^/ WARNING - INVALID EVENT NAME: /p' InvalidEvents.tmp - @if test -s InvalidEvents.tmp; then exit 1; fi - -showliboptions: - @echo - @echo ---- Compile Time Library Options ---- - @for i in $(LUFA_OPTS:-D%=%); do \ - echo $$i; \ - done - @echo -------------------------------------- - -showtarget: - @echo - @echo --------- Target Information --------- - @echo AVR Model: $(MCU) - @echo Board: $(BOARD) - @echo Clock: $(F_CPU)Hz CPU, $(F_CLOCK)Hz Master - @echo -------------------------------------- - - -# Display compiler version information. -gccversion : - @$(CC) --version - - -# Program the device. -program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM) - -flip: $(TARGET).hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - -dfu: $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - -flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - $(COPY) $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program - batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex - -dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep - dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset - - -# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following: -# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set -# a breakpoint at main(). -gdb-config: - @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr) - @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) -endif - @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) - -debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf -ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice) - @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays. - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \ - $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) - @$(WINSHELL) /c pause - -else - @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \ - $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT) -endif - @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE) - - - - -# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB. -COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 -COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000 - - - -coff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - -extcoff: $(TARGET).elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof - $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof - - - -# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file. -%.hex: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@ - $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@ - -%.eep: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@ - -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \ - --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0 - -# Create extended listing file from ELF output file. -%.lss: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@ - $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@ - -# Create a symbol table from ELF output file. -%.sym: %.elf - @echo - @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@ - $(NM) -n $< > $@ - - - -# Create library from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.a: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@ - $(AR) $@ $(OBJ) - - -# Link: create ELF output file from object files. -.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf -.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) -%.elf: $(OBJ) - @echo - @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@ - $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS) - - -# Compile: create object files from C source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create object files from C++ source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp - @echo - @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C source files. -%.s : %.c - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files. -%.s : %.cpp - $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files. -$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S - @echo - @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $< - $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report. -%.i : %.c - $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ - - -# Target: clean project. -clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end - -clean_binary: - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex - -clean_list: - @echo $(MSG_CLEANING) - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym - $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d) - $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i) - $(REMOVE) InvalidEvents.tmp - $(REMOVEDIR) .dep - -doxygen: - @echo Generating Project Documentation... - @doxygen Doxygen.conf - @echo Documentation Generation Complete. - -clean_doxygen: - rm -rf Documentation - -# Create object files directory -$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null) - - -# Include the dependency files. --include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*) - - -# Listing of phony targets. -.PHONY : all checkinvalidevents showliboptions \ -showtarget begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter \ -gccversion build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff \ -program dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee clean debug \ -clean_list clean_binary gdb-config doxygen \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e64bfb1aa --- /dev/null +++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c @@ -0,0 +1,397 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software + and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby + granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all + copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + +/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as + * the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL. + * This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated + * resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices + * so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value + * from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and + * port location). + */ +#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR) + #warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor. +#endif + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10), + .Class = 0xEF, + .SubClass = 0x02, + .Protocol = 0x01, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x204E, + .ReleaseNumber = 0x0000, + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01, + .ProductStrIndex = 0x02, + .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 4, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .IAD1 = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation}, + + .FirstInterfaceIndex = 0, + .TotalInterfaces = 2, + + .Class = 0x02, + .SubClass = 0x02, + .Protocol = 0x01, + + .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .CDC1_CCI_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = 0, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 1, + + .Class = 0x02, + .SubClass = 0x02, + .Protocol = 0x01, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .CDC1_Functional_IntHeader = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24}, + .SubType = 0x00, + + .Data = {0x01, 0x10} + }, + + .CDC1_Functional_CallManagement = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24}, + .SubType = 0x01, + + .Data = {0x03, 0x01} + }, + + .CDC1_Functional_AbstractControlManagement = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24}, + .SubType = 0x02, + + .Data = {0x06} + }, + + .CDC1_Functional_Union = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24}, + .SubType = 0x06, + + .Data = {0x00, 0x01} + }, + + .CDC1_ManagementEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM), + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF + }, + + .CDC1_DCI_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = 1, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 2, + + .Class = 0x0A, + .SubClass = 0x00, + .Protocol = 0x00, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .CDC1_DataOutEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC1_RX_EPNUM), + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00 + }, + + .CDC1_DataInEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC1_TX_EPNUM), + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00 + }, + + .IAD2 = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation}, + + .FirstInterfaceIndex = 2, + .TotalInterfaces = 2, + + .Class = 0x02, + .SubClass = 0x02, + .Protocol = 0x01, + + .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .CDC2_CCI_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = 2, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 1, + + .Class = 0x02, + .SubClass = 0x02, + .Protocol = 0x01, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .CDC2_Functional_IntHeader = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24}, + .SubType = 0x00, + + .Data = {0x01, 0x10} + }, + + .CDC2_Functional_CallManagement = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24}, + .SubType = 0x01, + + .Data = {0x03, 0x03} + }, + + .CDC2_Functional_AbstractControlManagement = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24}, + .SubType = 0x02, + + .Data = {0x06} + }, + + .CDC2_Functional_Union = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24}, + .SubType = 0x06, + + .Data = {0x02, 0x03} + }, + + .CDC2_ManagementEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM), + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF + }, + + .CDC2_DCI_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = 3, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 2, + + .Class = 0x0A, + .SubClass = 0x00, + .Protocol = 0x00, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .CDC2_DataOutEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC2_RX_EPNUM), + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00 + }, + + .CDC2_DataInEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC2_TX_EPNUM), + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00 + } +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = +{ + .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String}, + + .UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG} +}; + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = +{ + .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String}, + + .UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera" +}; + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = +{ + .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(13), .Type = DTYPE_String}, + + .UnicodeString = L"LUFA Dual CDC Demo" +}; + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case 0x00: + Address = (void*)&LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case 0x01: + Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case 0x02: + Address = (void*)&ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de4dd27a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software + and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby + granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all + copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Descriptors.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include + + #include + + /* Macros: */ + /** Macro to define a CDC class-specific functional descriptor. CDC functional descriptors have a + * uniform structure but variable sized data payloads, thus cannot be represented accurately by + * a single typedef struct. A macro is used instead so that functional descriptors can be created + * easily by specifying the size of the payload. This allows sizeof() to work correctly. + * + * \param[in] DataSize Size in bytes of the CDC functional descriptor's data payload + */ + #define CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(DataSize) \ + struct \ + { \ + USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; \ + uint8_t SubType; \ + uint8_t Data[DataSize]; \ + } + + /** Endpoint number of the first CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 3 + + /** Endpoint number of the first CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC1_TX_EPNUM 1 + + /** Endpoint number of the first CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ + #define CDC1_RX_EPNUM 2 + + /** Endpoint number of the second CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 4 + + /** Endpoint number of the second CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC2_TX_EPNUM 5 + + /** Endpoint number of the second CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ + #define CDC2_RX_EPNUM 6 + + /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoints. */ + #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8 + + /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */ + #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t IAD1; + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_CCI_Interface; + CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC1_Functional_IntHeader; + CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC1_Functional_CallManagement; + CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC1_Functional_AbstractControlManagement; + CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC1_Functional_Union; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_ManagementEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_DCI_Interface; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataOutEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataInEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t IAD2; + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_CCI_Interface; + CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC2_Functional_IntHeader; + CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC2_Functional_CallManagement; + CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC2_Functional_AbstractControlManagement; + CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC2_Functional_Union; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_ManagementEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_DCI_Interface; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataOutEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataInEndpoint; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Doxygen.conf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..04af23b64 --- /dev/null +++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Doxygen.conf @@ -0,0 +1,1485 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project +# +# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all +# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the +# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See +# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded +# by quotes) that should identify the project. + +PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Dual CDC Device Demo" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. +# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or +# if some version control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0 + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) +# base path where the generated documentation will be put. +# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location +# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create +# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output +# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. +# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of +# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would +# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# The default language is English, other supported languages are: +# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, +# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, +# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, +# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, +# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in +# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). +# Set to NO to disable this. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend +# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. +# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator +# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string +# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be +# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is +# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. +# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically +# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" +# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" +# "represents" "a" "an" "the" + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ + "The $name widget" \ + "The $name file" \ + is \ + provides \ + specifies \ + contains \ + represents \ + a \ + an \ + the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full +# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set +# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag +# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is +# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of +# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the +# path to strip. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of +# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells +# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. +# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class +# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that +# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter +# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems +# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. + +SHORT_NAMES = YES + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen +# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc +# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments +# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will +# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments +# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring +# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen +# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// +# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. +# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed +# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented +# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it +# re-implements. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce +# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will +# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. +# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts +# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". +# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to +# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which +# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". +# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. +# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list +# of all members will be omitted, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for +# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified +# scopes will look different, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for +# Fortran. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for +# VHDL. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should +# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. +# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. +# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public +# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter +# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) +# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the +# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or +# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the +# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of +# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a +# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to +# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using +# the \nosubgrouping command. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum +# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically +# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to +# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. +# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. +# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is +# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause +# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time +# causing a significant performance penality. +# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the +# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on +# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the +# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: +# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, +# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols + +SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. +# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless +# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) +# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. +# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local +# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in +# the interface are included in the documentation. +# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base +# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default +# anonymous namespace are hidden. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. +# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the +# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. +# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. +# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various +# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. +# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the +# documentation. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. +# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the +# function's detailed documentation block. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation +# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set +# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. +# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate +# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen +# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the +# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation +# of that file. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] +# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen +# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members +# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically +# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) +# the group names will appear in their defined order. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be +# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to +# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, +# not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the +# alphabetical list. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting +# \deprecated commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional +# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines +# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in +# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified +# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. +# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the +# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer +# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated +# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories +# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy +# in the documentation. The default is NO. + +SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. +# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the +# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index +# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command , where is the value of +# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and is the name of an input file +# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output +# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by +# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files +# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents +# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a +# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name +# of the layout file. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated +# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank +# NO is used. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings +# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will +# automatically be disabled. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some +# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that +# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for +# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters +# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about +# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of +# documentation. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that +# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text +# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the +# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain +# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could +# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning +# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written +# to stderr. + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or +# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories +# with spaces. + +INPUT = ./ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is +# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built +# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for +# the list of possible encodings. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank the following patterns are tested: +# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx +# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90 + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ + *.c \ + *.txt + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories +# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. +# If left blank NO is used. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. + +EXCLUDE = Documentation/ + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded +# from the input. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched +# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories +# for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see +# the \include command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank all files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude +# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see +# the \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command , where +# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and is the name of an +# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes +# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be +# ignored. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: +# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further +# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER +# is applied to all files. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source +# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will +# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also +# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body +# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct +# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code +# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES +# then for each documented function all documented +# functions referencing it will be listed. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES +# then for each documented function all documented entities +# called/used by that function will be listed. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) +# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from +# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will +# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code +# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen +# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source +# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You +# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for +# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index +# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project +# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then +# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns +# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all +# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. +# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that +# should be ignored while generating the index headers. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate HTML output. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for +# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank +# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard footer. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading +# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to +# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen +# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy +# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own +# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, +# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to +# NO a bullet list will be used. + +HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports +# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox +# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari). + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 +# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). +# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the +# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that +# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find +# it at startup. +# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the +# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple +# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) +# can be grouped. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that +# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a +# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen +# will append .docset to the name. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the +# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) +# of the generated HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You +# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. + +CHM_FILE = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of +# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run +# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag +# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that +# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING +# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file +# content. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag +# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a +# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members +# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. + +TOC_EXPAND = YES + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER +# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for +# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated +# HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. +# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see +# Qt Help Project / Namespace. + +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see +# Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders. + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. +# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated +# .qhp file . + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at +# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and +# the value YES disables it. + +DISABLE_INDEX = NO + +# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) +# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. +# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated +# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that +# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports +# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, +# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are +# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values +# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories, +# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list; +# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which +# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous +# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE +# respectively. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be +# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree +# is shown. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included +# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that +# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need +# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory +# to force them to be regenerated. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate Latex output. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to +# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the +# default command name. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used +# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and +# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX +# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for +# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until +# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated +# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of +# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep +# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. +# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not +# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) +# in the output. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output +# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with +# other RTF readers or editors. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated +# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other +# programs which support those fields. +# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's +# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide +# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. +# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate man pages + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to +# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, +# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity +# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files +# only source the real man page, but without them the man command +# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an XML file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_SCHEMA = + +# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_DTD = + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting +# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that +# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file +# that captures the structure of the code including all +# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental +# and incomplete at the moment. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. Note that this +# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the +# moment. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate +# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able +# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be +# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful +# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this +# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller +# and Perl will parse it just the same. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file +# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. +# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same +# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include +# files. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro +# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional +# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled +# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = YES + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES +# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the +# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files +# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by +# the preprocessor. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will +# be used. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that +# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name +# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are +# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being +# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator +# instead of the = operator. + +PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then +# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. +# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. +# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then +# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone +# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such +# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse +# the parser if not removed. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration::additions related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. +# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation +# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without +# this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or +# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool +# does not have to be run to correct the links. +# Note that each tag file must have a unique name +# (where the name does NOT include the path) +# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen +# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create +# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed +# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes +# will be listed. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will +# be listed. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base +# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that +# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a +# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide +# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented +# or is not a class. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization +# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section +# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output +# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This +# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need +# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name +# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, +# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the +# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory +# containing the font. + +DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. +# The default size is 10pt. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the +# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a +# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot +# can find it using this tag. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the +# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. + +CLASS_GRAPH = NO + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and +# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies + +GROUP_GRAPHS = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the +# relations between templates and their instances. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT +# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented +# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with +# other documented files. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and +# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each +# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or +# indirectly include this file. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs +# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller +# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES +# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories +# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include +# relations between the files in the directories. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif +# If left blank png will be used. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the +# \dotfile command). + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of +# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph +# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is +# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the +# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note +# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the +# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable +# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes +# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this +# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large +# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not +# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, +# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of +# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) +# support this, this feature is disabled by default. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and +# arrows in the dot generated graphs. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate +# the various graphs. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration::additions related to the search engine +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be +# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualCDC.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualCDC.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b1da0348 --- /dev/null +++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualCDC.c @@ -0,0 +1,323 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software + and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby + granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all + copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the DualCDC demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and + * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#include "DualCDC.h" + +/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the first virtual serial port. While this demo does not use + * the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host + * upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional. + * + * These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately. + * It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical + * serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams. + */ +CDC_Line_Coding_t LineEncoding1 = { .BaudRateBPS = 0, + .CharFormat = OneStopBit, + .ParityType = Parity_None, + .DataBits = 8 }; + +/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the second virtual serial port. While this demo does not use + * the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host + * upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional. + * + * These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately. + * It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical + * serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams. + */ +CDC_Line_Coding_t LineEncoding2 = { .BaudRateBPS = 0, + .CharFormat = OneStopBit, + .ParityType = Parity_None, + .DataBits = 8 }; + + +/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then + * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + for (;;) + { + CDC1_Task(); + CDC2_Task(); + USB_USBTask(); + } +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + Joystick_Init(); + LEDs_Init(); + USB_Init(); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and + * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB enumerating */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via + * the status LEDs and stops the USB management and CDC management tasks. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB not ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration + * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the CDC management tasks are started. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB connected and ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); + + /* Setup CDC Notification, Rx and Tx Endpoints for the first CDC */ + if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, + ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, + ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + } + + if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_TX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK, + ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + } + + if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_RX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK, + ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + } + + /* Setup CDC Notification, Rx and Tx Endpoints for the second CDC */ + if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, + ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, + ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + } + + if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_TX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK, + ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + } + + if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_RX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK, + ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + } + + /* Reset line encoding baud rates so that the host knows to send new values */ + LineEncoding1.BaudRateBPS = 0; + LineEncoding2.BaudRateBPS = 0; +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific + * control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the CDC control commands, + * which are all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void) +{ + /* Determine which interface's Line Coding data is being set from the wIndex parameter */ + uint8_t* LineEncodingData = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex == 0) ? (uint8_t*)&LineEncoding1 : (uint8_t*)&LineEncoding2; + + /* Process CDC specific control requests */ + switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest) + { + case REQ_GetLineEncoding: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + /* Acknowledge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */ + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */ + Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(LineEncodingData, sizeof(CDC_Line_Coding_t)); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */ + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + } + + break; + case REQ_SetLineEncoding: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + /* Acknowledge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */ + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */ + Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(LineEncodingData, sizeof(CDC_Line_Coding_t)); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to clear the last packet from the host */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + } + + break; + case REQ_SetControlLineState: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + /* Acknowledge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */ + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + } + + break; + } +} + +/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host for the first CDC interface, which sends joystick + * movements to the host as ASCII strings. + */ +void CDC1_Task(void) +{ + char* ReportString = NULL; + uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus(); + static bool ActionSent = false; + + /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ + if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) + return; + + /* Determine if a joystick action has occurred */ + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP) + ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n"; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN) + ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n"; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT) + ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n"; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT) + ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n"; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS) + ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n"; + else + ActionSent = false; + + /* Flag management - Only allow one string to be sent per action */ + if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false) && LineEncoding1.BaudRateBPS) + { + ActionSent = true; + + /* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC1_TX_EPNUM); + + /* Write the String to the Endpoint */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportString, strlen(ReportString)); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for another packet */ + Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); + + /* Send an empty packet to ensure that the host does not buffer data sent to it */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + } + + /* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC1_RX_EPNUM); + + /* Throw away any received data from the host */ + if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()) + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); +} + +/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host for the second CDC interface, which echoes back + * all data sent to it from the host. + */ +void CDC2_Task(void) +{ + /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ + if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) + return; + + /* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC2_RX_EPNUM); + + /* Check to see if any data has been received */ + if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()) + { + /* Create a temp buffer big enough to hold the incoming endpoint packet */ + uint8_t Buffer[Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()]; + + /* Remember how large the incoming packet is */ + uint16_t DataLength = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(); + + /* Read in the incoming packet into the buffer */ + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Buffer, DataLength); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + + /* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC2_TX_EPNUM); + + /* Write the received data to the endpoint */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Buffer, DataLength); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for the next packet */ + Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); + + /* Send an empty packet to prevent host buffering */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + } +} diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualCDC.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualCDC.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2085c452 --- /dev/null +++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualCDC.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software + and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby + granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all + copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for DualCDC.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DUAL_CDC_H_ +#define _DUAL_CDC_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include + #include + #include + #include + + #include "Descriptors.h" + + #include + #include + #include + #include + + /* Macros: */ + /** CDC Class specific request to get the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */ + #define REQ_GetLineEncoding 0x21 + + /** CDC Class specific request to set the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */ + #define REQ_SetLineEncoding 0x20 + + /** CDC Class specific request to set the current virtual serial port handshake line states. */ + #define REQ_SetControlLineState 0x22 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the virtual serial port line encoding settings, for storing the current USART configuration + * as set by the host via a class specific request. + */ + typedef struct + { + uint32_t BaudRateBPS; /**< Baud rate of the virtual serial port, in bits per second */ + uint8_t CharFormat; /**< Character format of the virtual serial port, a value from the + * CDCDevice_CDC_LineCodingFormats_t enum + */ + uint8_t ParityType; /**< Parity setting of the virtual serial port, a value from the + * CDCDevice_LineCodingParity_t enum + */ + uint8_t DataBits; /**< Bits of data per character of the virtual serial port */ + } CDC_Line_Coding_t; + + /* Enums: */ + /** Enum for the possible line encoding formats of a virtual serial port. */ + enum CDCDevice_CDC_LineCodingFormats_t + { + OneStopBit = 0, /**< Each frame contains one stop bit */ + OneAndAHalfStopBits = 1, /**< Each frame contains one and a half stop bits */ + TwoStopBits = 2, /**< Each frame contains two stop bits */ + }; + + /** Enum for the possible line encoding parity settings of a virtual serial port. */ + enum CDCDevice_LineCodingParity_t + { + Parity_None = 0, /**< No parity bit mode on each frame */ + Parity_Odd = 1, /**< Odd parity bit mode on each frame */ + Parity_Even = 2, /**< Even parity bit mode on each frame */ + Parity_Mark = 3, /**< Mark parity bit mode on each frame */ + Parity_Space = 4, /**< Space parity bit mode on each frame */ + }; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void CDC1_Task(void); + void CDC2_Task(void); + void SetupHardware(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void); + +#endif diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualCDC.txt b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualCDC.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..761769e3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualCDC.txt @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/** \file + * + * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special + * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. + */ + +/** \mainpage Dual Communications Device Class (Dual Virtual Serial Port) Device + * + * \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility: + * + * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. + * + * - Series 7 USB AVRs + * - Series 6 USB AVRs + * - Series 4 USB AVRs + * - Series 2 USB AVRs + * + * \section SSec_Info USB Information: + * + * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + *
USB Mode:Device
USB Class:Miscellaneous Device Class( Sub-Interface: Communications Device Class (CDC) )
USB Subclass:Common Class( Sub-Interface: Abstract Control Model (ACM) )
Relevant Standards:USBIF Interface Association Descriptor ECNUSBIF CDC Class Standard
Usable Speeds:Full Speed Mode
+ * + * \section SSec_Description Project Description: + * + * Dual Communications Device Class demonstration application. + * This gives a simple reference application for implementing + * a compound device with dual CDC functions acting as a pair + * of virtual serial ports. This demo uses Interface Association + * Descriptors to link together the pair of related CDC + * descriptors for each virtual serial port, which may not be + * supported in all OSes - Windows Vista is supported, as is + * XP (although the latter may need a hotfix to function). + * + * Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings + * through the first serial port. The device does not respond to + * serial data sent from the host in the first serial port. + * + * The second serial port echoes back data sent from the host. + * + * After running this demo for the first time on a new computer, + * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo + * project's directory as the device's driver when running under + * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers, + * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other + * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt + * CDC-ACM drivers. + * + * \section SSec_Options Project Options + * + * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. + * + * + * + * + * + *
+ * None + *
+ */ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualCDC.inf b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualCDC.inf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..741bf28eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualCDC.inf @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +;************************************************************ +; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File +; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation + + +[Version] +Signature="$Windows NT$" +Class=Ports +ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318} +Provider=%MFGNAME% +LayoutFile=layout.inf +CatalogFile=%MFGFILENAME%.cat +DriverVer=11/15/2007,5.1.2600.0 + +[Manufacturer] +%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTamd64 + +[DestinationDirs] +DefaultDestDir=12 + + +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; Windows 2000/XP/Vista-32bit Sections +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +[DriverInstall.nt] +include=mdmcpq.inf +CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.nt +AddReg=DriverInstall.nt.AddReg + +[DriverCopyFiles.nt] +usbser.sys,,,0x20 + +[DriverInstall.nt.AddReg] +HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern +HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys +HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider" + +[DriverInstall.nt.Services] +AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.nt + +[DriverService.nt] +DisplayName=%SERVICE% +ServiceType=1 +StartType=3 +ErrorControl=1 +ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys + +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; Vista-64bit Sections +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +[DriverInstall.NTamd64] +include=mdmcpq.inf +CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64 +AddReg=DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg + +[DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64] +%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys,,,0x20 + +[DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg] +HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern +HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys +HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider" + +[DriverInstall.NTamd64.Services] +AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.NTamd64 + +[DriverService.NTamd64] +DisplayName=%SERVICE% +ServiceType=1 +StartType=3 +ErrorControl=1 +ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys + + +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; Vendor and Product ID Definitions +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side +; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match. +; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below. +; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs. +; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line. +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +[SourceDisksFiles] +[SourceDisksNames] +[DeviceList] +%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02 + +[DeviceList.NTamd64] +%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02 + + +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; String Definitions +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +;Modify these strings to customize your device +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +[Strings] +MFGFILENAME="CDC_vista" +DRIVERFILENAME ="usbser" +MFGNAME="CCS, Inc." +INSTDISK="LUFA Dual CDC Driver Installer" +DESCRIPTION="Communications Port" +SERVICE="USB RS-232 Emulation Driver" \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..802a4dd5c --- /dev/null +++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,737 @@ +# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*- +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al. +# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. << +# +# Released to the Public Domain +# +# Additional material for this makefile was written by: +# Peter Fleury +# Tim Henigan +# Colin O'Flynn +# Reiner Patommel +# Markus Pfaff +# Sander Pool +# Frederik Rouleau +# Carlos Lamas +# Dean Camera +# Opendous Inc. +# Denver Gingerich +# +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# On command line: +# +# make all = Make software. +# +# make clean = Clean out built project files. +# +# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF. +# +# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF. +# +# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude. +# Please customize the avrdude settings below first! +# +# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must +# have dfu-programmer installed). +# +# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must +# have Atmel FLIP installed). +# +# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer +# (must have dfu-programmer installed). +# +# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP +# (must have Atmel FLIP installed). +# +# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have +# DoxyGen installed) +# +# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, +# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging. +# +# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only. +# +# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting +# bug reports to the GCC project. +# +# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all". +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +# MCU name +MCU = at90usb1287 + + +# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring +# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called +# "Board" inside the application directory. +BOARD = USBKEY + + +# Processor frequency. +# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the +# processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to +# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done +# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code. +# +# This will be an integer division of F_CLOCK below, as it is sourced by +# F_CLOCK after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value +# does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to +# reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate +# software delays. +F_CPU = 8000000 + + +# Input clock frequency. +# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the +# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may +# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the +# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed +# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' +# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your +# source code. +# +# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the +# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU. +F_CLOCK = $(F_CPU) + + +# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary) +FORMAT = ihex + + +# Target file name (without extension). +TARGET = DualCDC + + +# Object files directory +# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make +# this an empty or blank macro! +OBJDIR = . + + +# Path to the LUFA library +LUFA_PATH = ../../../.. + + +# LUFA library compile-time options +LUFA_OPTS = -D NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS +LUFA_OPTS += -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY +LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8 +LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1 +LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" + + +# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) +SRC = $(TARGET).c \ + Descriptors.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \ + + +# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) +CPPSRC = + + +# List Assembler source files here. +# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s +# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler +# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"! +# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same, +# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does +# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line. +ASRC = + + +# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. +# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size. +# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.) +OPT = s + + +# Debugging format. +# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs. +# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2. +# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run. +DEBUG = dwarf-2 + + +# List any extra directories to look for include files here. +# Each directory must be seperated by a space. +# Use forward slashes for directory separators. +# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. +EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ + + +# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level. +# c89 = "ANSI" C +# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions +# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented) +# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions +CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99 + + +# Place -D or -U options here for C sources +CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS) + + +# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources +ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU) + + +# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources +CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL +#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS +#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS + + + +#---------------- Compiler Options C ---------------- +# -g*: generate debugging information +# -O*: optimization level +# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation +# -Wall...: warning level +# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. +# -adhlns...: create assembler listing +CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) +CFLAGS += $(CDEFS) +CFLAGS += -O$(OPT) +CFLAGS += -funsigned-char +CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields +CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections +CFLAGS += -fno-inline-small-functions +CFLAGS += -fpack-struct +CFLAGS += -fshort-enums +CFLAGS += -Wall +CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes +CFLAGS += -Wundef +#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time +#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code +#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare +CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) +CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) +CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) + + +#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ---------------- +# -g*: generate debugging information +# -O*: optimization level +# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation +# -Wall...: warning level +# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. +# -adhlns...: create assembler listing +CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) +CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS) +CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT) +CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char +CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields +CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct +CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums +CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions +CPPFLAGS += -Wall +CFLAGS += -Wundef +#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls +#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time +#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes +#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code +#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare +CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) +CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) +#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) + + +#---------------- Assembler Options ---------------- +# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. +# -adhlns: create listing +# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that +# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames +# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source +# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there] +# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex +# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input. +ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100 + + +#---------------- Library Options ---------------- +# Minimalistic printf version +PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min + +# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) +PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt + +# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version. +PRINTF_LIB = +#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN) +#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT) + + +# Minimalistic scanf version +SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min + +# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) +SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt + +# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version. +SCANF_LIB = +#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN) +#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT) + + +MATH_LIB = -lm + + +# List any extra directories to look for libraries here. +# Each directory must be seperated by a space. +# Use forward slashes for directory separators. +# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. +EXTRALIBDIRS = + + + +#---------------- External Memory Options ---------------- + +# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), +# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()). +#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff + +# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), +# only used for heap (malloc()). +#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff + +EXTMEMOPTS = + + + +#---------------- Linker Options ---------------- +# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker. +# -Map: create map file +# --cref: add cross reference to map file +LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref +LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax +LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections +LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS) +LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS)) +LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB) +#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x + + + +#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ---------------- + +# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd +# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500 +# +# Type: avrdude -c ? +# to get a full listing. +# +AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII + +# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port. +AVRDUDE_PORT = usb + +AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex +#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep + + +# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter. +# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn, +# see avrdude manual. +#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y + +# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be +# performed after programming the device. +#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V + +# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug +# reports about avrdude. See +# to submit bug reports. +#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v + +AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER) +AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY) +AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE) +AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER) + + + +#---------------- Debugging Options ---------------- + +# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency. +DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU) + +# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight. +# DEBUG_UI = gdb +DEBUG_UI = insight + +# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr. +DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice +#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr + +# GDB Init Filename. +GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit + +# When using avarice settings for the JTAG +JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1 + +# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr. +DEBUG_PORT = 4242 + +# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally +# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when +# avarice is running on a different computer. +DEBUG_HOST = localhost + + + +#============================================================================ + + +# Define programs and commands. +SHELL = sh +CC = avr-gcc +OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy +OBJDUMP = avr-objdump +SIZE = avr-size +AR = avr-ar rcs +NM = avr-nm +AVRDUDE = avrdude +REMOVE = rm -f +REMOVEDIR = rm -rf +COPY = cp +WINSHELL = cmd + +# Define Messages +# English +MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none +MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin -------- +MSG_END = -------- end -------- +MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: +MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after: +MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF: +MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF: +MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash: +MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM: +MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing: +MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table: +MSG_LINKING = Linking: +MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C: +MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++: +MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling: +MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project: +MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library: + + + + +# Define all object files. +OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) + +# Define all listing files. +LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) + + +# Compiler flags to generate dependency files. +GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d + + +# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags. +# Add target processor to flags. +ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) +ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) +ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS) + + + + + +# Default target. +all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkinvalidevents showliboptions showtarget sizeafter end + +# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library. +build: elf hex eep lss sym +#build: lib + + +elf: $(TARGET).elf +hex: $(TARGET).hex +eep: $(TARGET).eep +lss: $(TARGET).lss +sym: $(TARGET).sym +LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a +lib: $(LIBNAME) + + + +# Eye candy. +# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on +# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job. +begin: + @echo + @echo $(MSG_BEGIN) + +end: + @echo $(MSG_END) + @echo + + +# Display size of file. +HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex +ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf +MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) ) +FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr ) + +sizebefore: + @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \ + 2>/dev/null; echo; fi + +sizeafter: + @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \ + 2>/dev/null; echo; fi + +$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst: + @make -C $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/ LUFA_Events.lst + +checkinvalidevents: $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst + @echo + @echo Checking for invalid events... + @$(shell) avr-nm $(OBJ) | sed -n -e 's/^.*EVENT_/EVENT_/p' | \ + grep -F -v --file=$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst > InvalidEvents.tmp || true + @sed -n -e 's/^/ WARNING - INVALID EVENT NAME: /p' InvalidEvents.tmp + @if test -s InvalidEvents.tmp; then exit 1; fi + +showliboptions: + @echo + @echo ---- Compile Time Library Options ---- + @for i in $(LUFA_OPTS:-D%=%); do \ + echo $$i; \ + done + @echo -------------------------------------- + +showtarget: + @echo + @echo --------- Target Information --------- + @echo AVR Model: $(MCU) + @echo Board: $(BOARD) + @echo Clock: $(F_CPU)Hz CPU, $(F_CLOCK)Hz Master + @echo -------------------------------------- + + +# Display compiler version information. +gccversion : + @$(CC) --version + + +# Program the device. +program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep + $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM) + +flip: $(TARGET).hex + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 + +dfu: $(TARGET).hex + dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase + dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex + dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset + +flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep + $(COPY) $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex + +dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep + dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep + dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset + + +# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following: +# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set +# a breakpoint at main(). +gdb-config: + @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) +ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr) + @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) +endif + @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + +debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf +ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice) + @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays. + @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \ + $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) + @$(WINSHELL) /c pause + +else + @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \ + $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT) +endif + @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE) + + + + +# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB. +COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000 +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000 +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000 + + + +coff: $(TARGET).elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof + $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof + + +extcoff: $(TARGET).elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof + $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof + + + +# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file. +%.hex: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@ + $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@ + +%.eep: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@ + -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \ + --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0 + +# Create extended listing file from ELF output file. +%.lss: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@ + $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@ + +# Create a symbol table from ELF output file. +%.sym: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@ + $(NM) -n $< > $@ + + + +# Create library from object files. +.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a +.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) +%.a: $(OBJ) + @echo + @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@ + $(AR) $@ $(OBJ) + + +# Link: create ELF output file from object files. +.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf +.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) +%.elf: $(OBJ) + @echo + @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@ + $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS) + + +# Compile: create object files from C source files. +$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c + @echo + @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $< + $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Compile: create object files from C++ source files. +$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp + @echo + @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $< + $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Compile: create assembler files from C source files. +%.s : %.c + $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files. +%.s : %.cpp + $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files. +$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S + @echo + @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $< + $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report. +%.i : %.c + $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Target: clean project. +clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end + +clean_binary: + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex + +clean_list: + @echo $(MSG_CLEANING) + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i) + $(REMOVE) InvalidEvents.tmp + $(REMOVEDIR) .dep + +doxygen: + @echo Generating Project Documentation... + @doxygen Doxygen.conf + @echo Documentation Generation Complete. + +clean_doxygen: + rm -rf Documentation + +# Create object files directory +$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null) + + +# Include the dependency files. +-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*) + + +# Listing of phony targets. +.PHONY : all checkinvalidevents showliboptions \ +showtarget begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter \ +gccversion build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff \ +program dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee clean debug \ +clean_list clean_binary gdb-config doxygen \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/CDC.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/CDC.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..444dc019d --- /dev/null +++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/CDC.c @@ -0,0 +1,327 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software + and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby + granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all + copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the CDC demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and + * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#include "CDC.h" + +/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the virtual serial port. While this demo does not use + * the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host + * upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional. + * + * These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately. + * It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical + * serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams. + */ +CDC_Line_Coding_t LineEncoding = { .BaudRateBPS = 0, + .CharFormat = OneStopBit, + .ParityType = Parity_None, + .DataBits = 8 }; + + +#if 0 +/* NOTE: Here you can set up a standard stream using the created virtual serial port, so that the standard stream functions in + * can be used on the virtual serial port (e.g. fprintf(&USBSerial, "Test"); to print a string). + */ + +static int CDC_putchar(char c, FILE *stream) +{ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPNUM); + + if (!(LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS)) + return -1; + + if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) + return -1; + + Endpoint_Write_Byte(c); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + return 0; +} + +static int CDC_getchar(FILE *stream) +{ + int c; + + if (!(LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS)) + return -1; + + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPNUM); + + for (;;) + { + if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) + return -1; + + if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())) + { + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + } + else + { + c = Endpoint_Read_Byte(); + break; + } + } + + return c; +} + +static FILE USBSerial = FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_putchar, CDC_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW); +#endif + +/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial + * setup of all components and the main program loop. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + + for (;;) + { + CDC_Task(); + USB_USBTask(); + } +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + Joystick_Init(); + LEDs_Init(); + USB_Init(); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and + * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB enumerating */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via + * the status LEDs and stops the USB management and CDC management tasks. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB not ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration + * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the CDC management task started. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB connected and ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); + + /* Setup CDC Notification, Rx and Tx Endpoints */ + if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, + ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, + ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + } + + if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK, + ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + } + + if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK, + ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE))) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + } + + /* Reset line encoding baud rate so that the host knows to send new values */ + LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS = 0; +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific + * control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the CDC control commands, + * which are all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void) +{ + /* Process CDC specific control requests */ + switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest) + { + case REQ_GetLineEncoding: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + /* Acknowledge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */ + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */ + Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_Line_Coding_t)); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */ + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + } + + break; + case REQ_SetLineEncoding: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + /* Acknowledge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */ + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */ + Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_Line_Coding_t)); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to clear the last packet from the host */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + } + + break; + case REQ_SetControlLineState: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + /* Acknowledge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */ + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* NOTE: Here you can read in the line state mask from the host, to get the current state of the output handshake + lines. The mask is read in from the wValue parameter in USB_ControlRequest, and can be masked against the + CONTROL_LINE_OUT_* masks to determine the RTS and DTR line states using the following code: + */ + + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + } + + break; + } +} + +/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host. */ +void CDC_Task(void) +{ + char* ReportString = NULL; + uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus(); + static bool ActionSent = false; + + /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ + if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) + return; + +#if 0 + /* NOTE: Here you can use the notification endpoint to send back line state changes to the host, for the special RS-232 + * handshake signal lines (and some error states), via the CONTROL_LINE_IN_* masks and the following code: + */ + USB_Notification_Header_t Notification = (USB_Notification_Header_t) + { + .NotificationType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE), + .Notification = NOTIF_SerialState, + .wValue = 0, + .wIndex = 0, + .wLength = sizeof(uint16_t), + }; + + uint16_t LineStateMask; + + // Set LineStateMask here to a mask of CONTROL_LINE_IN_* masks to set the input handshake line states to send to the host + + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM); + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(Notification)); + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&LineStateMask, sizeof(LineStateMask)); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +#endif + + /* Determine if a joystick action has occurred */ + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP) + ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n"; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN) + ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n"; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT) + ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n"; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT) + ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n"; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS) + ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n"; + else + ActionSent = false; + + /* Flag management - Only allow one string to be sent per action */ + if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false) && LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS) + { + ActionSent = true; + + /* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPNUM); + + /* Write the String to the Endpoint */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportString, strlen(ReportString)); + + /* Remember if the packet to send completely fills the endpoint */ + bool IsFull = (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* If the last packet filled the endpoint, send an empty packet to release the buffer on + * the receiver (otherwise all data will be cached until a non-full packet is received) */ + if (IsFull) + { + /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for another packet */ + Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); + + /* Send an empty packet to ensure that the host does not buffer data sent to it */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + } + } + + /* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPNUM); + + /* Throw away any received data from the host */ + if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()) + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); +} diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/CDC.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/CDC.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a7b6b158 --- /dev/null +++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/CDC.h @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software + and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby + granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all + copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for CDC.c. + */ + +#ifndef _CDC_H_ +#define _CDC_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include + #include + #include + #include + + #include "Descriptors.h" + + #include + #include + #include + #include + + /* Macros: */ + /** CDC Class specific request to get the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */ + #define REQ_GetLineEncoding 0x21 + + /** CDC Class specific request to set the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */ + #define REQ_SetLineEncoding 0x20 + + /** CDC Class specific request to set the current virtual serial port handshake line states. */ + #define REQ_SetControlLineState 0x22 + + /** Notification type constant for a change in the virtual serial port handshake line states, for + * use with a USB_Notification_Header_t notification structure when sent to the host via the CDC + * notification endpoint. + */ + #define NOTIF_SerialState 0x20 + + /** Mask for the DTR handshake line for use with the REQ_SetControlLineState class specific request + * from the host, to indicate that the DTR line state should be high. + */ + #define CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR (1 << 0) + + /** Mask for the RTS handshake line for use with the REQ_SetControlLineState class specific request + * from the host, to indicate that theRTS line state should be high. + */ + #define CONTROL_LINE_OUT_RTS (1 << 1) + + /** Mask for the DCD handshake line for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification + * from the device to the host, to indicate that the DCD line state is currently high. + */ + #define CONTROL_LINE_IN_DCD (1 << 0) + + /** Mask for the DSR handshake line for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification + * from the device to the host, to indicate that the DSR line state is currently high. + */ + #define CONTROL_LINE_IN_DSR (1 << 1) + + /** Mask for the BREAK handshake line for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification + * from the device to the host, to indicate that the BREAK line state is currently high. + */ + #define CONTROL_LINE_IN_BREAK (1 << 2) + + /** Mask for the RING handshake line for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification + * from the device to the host, to indicate that the RING line state is currently high. + */ + #define CONTROL_LINE_IN_RING (1 << 3) + + /** Mask for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification from the device to the host, + * to indicate that a framing error has occurred on the virtual serial port. + */ + #define CONTROL_LINE_IN_FRAMEERROR (1 << 4) + + /** Mask for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification from the device to the host, + * to indicate that a parity error has occurred on the virtual serial port. + */ + #define CONTROL_LINE_IN_PARITYERROR (1 << 5) + + /** Mask for use with the a NOTIF_SerialState class specific notification from the device to the host, + * to indicate that a data overrun error has occurred on the virtual serial port. + */ + #define CONTROL_LINE_IN_OVERRUNERROR (1 << 6) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the virtual serial port line encoding settings, for storing the current USART configuration + * as set by the host via a class specific request. + */ + typedef struct + { + uint32_t BaudRateBPS; /**< Baud rate of the virtual serial port, in bits per second */ + uint8_t CharFormat; /**< Character format of the virtual serial port, a value from the + * CDCDevice_CDC_LineCodingFormats_t enum + */ + uint8_t ParityType; /**< Parity setting of the virtual serial port, a value from the + * CDCDevice_LineCodingParity_t enum + */ + uint8_t DataBits; /**< Bits of data per character of the virtual serial port */ + } CDC_Line_Coding_t; + + /** Type define for a CDC notification, sent to the host via the CDC notification endpoint to indicate a + * change in the device state asynchronously. + */ + typedef struct + { + uint8_t NotificationType; /**< Notification type, a mask of REQDIR_*, REQTYPE_* and REQREC_* constants + * from the library StdRequestType.h header + */ + uint8_t Notification; /**< Notification value, a NOTIF_* constant */ + uint16_t wValue; /**< Notification wValue, notification-specific */ + uint16_t wIndex; /**< Notification wIndex, notification-specific */ + uint16_t wLength; /**< Notification wLength, notification-specific */ + } USB_Notification_Header_t; + + /* Enums: */ + /** Enum for the possible line encoding formats of a virtual serial port. */ + enum CDCDevice_CDC_LineCodingFormats_t + { + OneStopBit = 0, /**< Each frame contains one stop bit */ + OneAndAHalfStopBits = 1, /**< Each frame contains one and a half stop bits */ + TwoStopBits = 2, /**< Each frame contains two stop bits */ + }; + + /** Enum for the possible line encoding parity settings of a virtual serial port. */ + enum CDCDevice_LineCodingParity_t + { + Parity_None = 0, /**< No parity bit mode on each frame */ + Parity_Odd = 1, /**< Odd parity bit mode on each frame */ + Parity_Even = 2, /**< Even parity bit mode on each frame */ + Parity_Mark = 3, /**< Mark parity bit mode on each frame */ + Parity_Space = 4, /**< Space parity bit mode on each frame */ + }; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void SetupHardware(void); + void CDC_Task(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void); + +#endif diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/CDC.txt b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/CDC.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49837354c --- /dev/null +++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/CDC.txt @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +/** \file + * + * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special + * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. + */ + +/** \mainpage Communications Device Class (Virtual Serial Port) Demo + * + * \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility: + * + * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. + * + * - Series 7 USB AVRs + * - Series 6 USB AVRs + * - Series 4 USB AVRs + * - Series 2 USB AVRs + * + * \section SSec_Info USB Information: + * + * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + * + *
USB Mode:Device
USB Class:Communications Device Class (CDC)
USB Subclass:Abstract Control Model (ACM)
Relevant Standards:USBIF CDC Class Standard
Usable Speeds:Full Speed Mode
+ * + * \section SSec_Description Project Description: + * + * Communications Device Class demonstration application. + * This gives a simple reference application for implementing + * a CDC device acting as a virtual serial port. Joystick + * actions are transmitted to the host as strings. The device + * does not respond to serial data sent from the host. + * + * After running this demo for the first time on a new computer, + * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo + * project's directory as the device's driver when running under + * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers, + * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other + * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt + * CDC-ACM drivers. + * + * \section SSec_Options Project Options + * + * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. + * + * + * + * + * + *
+ * None + *
+ */ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d857a694 --- /dev/null +++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c @@ -0,0 +1,275 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software + and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby + granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all + copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + +/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as + * the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL. + * This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated + * resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices + * so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value + * from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and + * port location). + */ +#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR) + #warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor. +#endif + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10), + .Class = 0x02, + .SubClass = 0x00, + .Protocol = 0x00, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x2044, + .ReleaseNumber = 0x0000, + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01, + .ProductStrIndex = 0x02, + .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 2, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .CCI_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = 0, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 1, + + .Class = 0x02, + .SubClass = 0x02, + .Protocol = 0x01, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .CDC_Functional_IntHeader = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24}, + .SubType = 0x00, + + .Data = {0x01, 0x10} + }, + + .CDC_Functional_CallManagement = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24}, + .SubType = 0x01, + + .Data = {0x03, 0x01} + }, + + .CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24}, + .SubType = 0x02, + + .Data = {0x06} + }, + + .CDC_Functional_Union = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24}, + .SubType = 0x06, + + .Data = {0x00, 0x01} + }, + + .ManagementEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM), + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF + }, + + .DCI_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = 1, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 2, + + .Class = 0x0A, + .SubClass = 0x00, + .Protocol = 0x00, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .DataOutEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC_RX_EPNUM), + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00 + }, + + .DataInEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_TX_EPNUM), + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x00 + } +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = +{ + .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String}, + + .UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG} +}; + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = +{ + .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String}, + + .UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera" +}; + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = +{ + .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(13), .Type = DTYPE_String}, + + .UnicodeString = L"LUFA CDC Demo" +}; + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case 0x00: + Address = (void*)&LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case 0x01: + Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case 0x02: + Address = (void*)&ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..08e2e353c --- /dev/null +++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.fourwalledcubicle.com +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software + and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby + granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all + copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Descriptors.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include + + #include + + /* Macros: */ + /** Macro to define a CDC class-specific functional descriptor. CDC functional descriptors have a + * uniform structure but variable sized data payloads, thus cannot be represented accurately by + * a single typedef struct. A macro is used instead so that functional descriptors can be created + * easily by specifying the size of the payload. This allows sizeof() to work correctly. + * + * \param[in] DataSize Size in bytes of the CDC functional descriptor's data payload + */ + #define CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(DataSize) \ + struct \ + { \ + USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; \ + uint8_t SubType; \ + uint8_t Data[DataSize]; \ + } + + /** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 2 + + /** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC_TX_EPNUM 3 + + /** Endpoint number of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ + #define CDC_RX_EPNUM 4 + + /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8 + + /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */ + #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CCI_Interface; + CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_IntHeader; + CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_CallManagement; + CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement; + CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_Union; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t ManagementEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t DCI_Interface; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t DataOutEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t DataInEndpoint; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Doxygen.conf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa91d2207 --- /dev/null +++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Doxygen.conf @@ -0,0 +1,1485 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project +# +# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all +# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the +# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See +# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded +# by quotes) that should identify the project. + +PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - CDC Device Demo" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. +# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or +# if some version control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0 + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) +# base path where the generated documentation will be put. +# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location +# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create +# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output +# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. +# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of +# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would +# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# The default language is English, other supported languages are: +# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, +# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, +# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, +# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, +# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in +# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). +# Set to NO to disable this. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend +# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. +# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator +# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string +# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be +# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is +# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. +# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically +# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" +# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" +# "represents" "a" "an" "the" + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ + "The $name widget" \ + "The $name file" \ + is \ + provides \ + specifies \ + contains \ + represents \ + a \ + an \ + the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full +# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set +# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag +# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is +# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of +# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the +# path to strip. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of +# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells +# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. +# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class +# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that +# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter +# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems +# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. + +SHORT_NAMES = YES + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen +# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc +# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments +# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will +# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments +# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring +# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen +# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// +# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. +# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed +# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented +# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it +# re-implements. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce +# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will +# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. +# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts +# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". +# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to +# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which +# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". +# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. +# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list +# of all members will be omitted, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for +# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified +# scopes will look different, etc. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for +# Fortran. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for +# VHDL. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should +# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. +# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. +# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public +# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter +# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) +# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the +# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or +# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the +# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of +# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a +# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to +# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using +# the \nosubgrouping command. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum +# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically +# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to +# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. +# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. +# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is +# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause +# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time +# causing a significant performance penality. +# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the +# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on +# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the +# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: +# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, +# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols + +SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. +# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless +# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file +# will be included in the documentation. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) +# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. +# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local +# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in +# the interface are included in the documentation. +# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base +# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default +# anonymous namespace are hidden. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. +# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the +# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. +# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. +# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various +# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all +# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. +# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the +# documentation. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. +# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the +# function's detailed documentation block. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation +# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set +# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. +# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate +# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen +# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the +# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation +# of that file. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] +# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen +# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members +# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically +# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in +# declaration order. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) +# the group names will appear in their defined order. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be +# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to +# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, +# not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the +# alphabetical list. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug +# commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or +# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting +# \deprecated commands in the documentation. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional +# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines +# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in +# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified +# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. +# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the +# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer +# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated +# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories +# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy +# in the documentation. The default is NO. + +SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. +# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the +# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index +# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command , where is the value of +# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and is the name of an input file +# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output +# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by +# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files +# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents +# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a +# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name +# of the layout file. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated +# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank +# NO is used. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings +# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will +# automatically be disabled. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some +# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that +# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for +# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters +# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about +# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of +# documentation. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that +# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text +# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the +# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain +# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could +# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning +# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written +# to stderr. + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or +# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories +# with spaces. + +INPUT = ./ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is +# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built +# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for +# the list of possible encodings. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank the following patterns are tested: +# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx +# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90 + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ + *.c \ + *.txt + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories +# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. +# If left blank NO is used. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. + +EXCLUDE = Documentation/ + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded +# from the input. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched +# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories +# for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see +# the \include command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left +# blank all files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude +# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or +# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see +# the \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command , where +# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and is the name of an +# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes +# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be +# ignored. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: +# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further +# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER +# is applied to all files. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source +# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will +# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also +# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body +# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct +# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code +# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES +# then for each documented function all documented +# functions referencing it will be listed. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES +# then for each documented function all documented entities +# called/used by that function will be listed. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) +# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from +# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will +# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code +# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen +# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source +# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You +# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen +# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for +# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index +# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project +# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then +# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns +# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all +# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. +# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that +# should be ignored while generating the index headers. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate HTML output. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for +# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank +# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard footer. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading +# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to +# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen +# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy +# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own +# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased! + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, +# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to +# NO a bullet list will be used. + +HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports +# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox +# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari). + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 +# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). +# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the +# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that +# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find +# it at startup. +# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the +# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple +# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) +# can be grouped. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that +# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a +# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen +# will append .docset to the name. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files +# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the +# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) +# of the generated HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You +# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. + +CHM_FILE = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of +# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run +# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag +# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that +# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING +# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file +# content. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag +# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a +# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members +# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. + +TOC_EXPAND = YES + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER +# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for +# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated +# HTML documentation. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. +# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see +# Qt Help Project / Namespace. + +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see +# Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders. + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can +# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. +# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated +# .qhp file . + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at +# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and +# the value YES disables it. + +DISABLE_INDEX = NO + +# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) +# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. +# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated +# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that +# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports +# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, +# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are +# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values +# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories, +# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list; +# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which +# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous +# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE +# respectively. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be +# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree +# is shown. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included +# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that +# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need +# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory +# to force them to be regenerated. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate Latex output. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to +# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the +# default command name. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used +# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and +# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX +# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for +# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until +# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated +# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of +# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep +# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. +# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not +# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) +# in the output. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output +# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with +# other RTF readers or editors. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact +# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to +# save some trees in general. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated +# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other +# programs which support those fields. +# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's +# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide +# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. +# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate man pages + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to +# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, +# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity +# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files +# only source the real man page, but without them the man command +# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an XML file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be +# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_SCHEMA = + +# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the +# syntax of the XML files. + +XML_DTD = + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting +# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that +# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file +# that captures the structure of the code including all +# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental +# and incomplete at the moment. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will +# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of +# the code including all documentation. Note that this +# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the +# moment. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate +# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able +# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be +# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful +# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this +# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller +# and Perl will parse it just the same. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file +# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. +# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same +# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include +# files. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro +# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional +# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled +# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = YES + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES +# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the +# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files +# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by +# the preprocessor. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will +# be used. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that +# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name +# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are +# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being +# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator +# instead of the = operator. + +PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then +# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. +# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. +# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then +# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone +# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such +# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse +# the parser if not removed. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration::additions related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. +# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation +# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without +# this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or +# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool +# does not have to be run to correct the links. +# Note that each tag file must have a unique name +# (where the name does NOT include the path) +# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen +# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create +# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed +# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes +# will be listed. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will +# be listed. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base +# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that +# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a +# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide +# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented +# or is not a class. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization +# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section +# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output +# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This +# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need +# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name +# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, +# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the +# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory +# containing the font. + +DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. +# The default size is 10pt. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the +# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a +# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot +# can find it using this tag. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the +# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. + +CLASS_GRAPH = NO + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and +# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and +# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies + +GROUP_GRAPHS = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the +# relations between templates and their instances. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT +# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented +# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with +# other documented files. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and +# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each +# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or +# indirectly include this file. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs +# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller +# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen +# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES +# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories +# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include +# relations between the files in the directories. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif +# If left blank png will be used. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the +# \dotfile command). + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of +# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph +# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is +# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the +# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note +# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the +# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable +# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes +# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this +# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large +# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not +# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, +# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of +# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) +# support this, this feature is disabled by default. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and +# arrows in the dot generated graphs. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will +# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate +# the various graphs. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration::additions related to the search engine +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be +# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA CDC.inf b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA CDC.inf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cdf59435 --- /dev/null +++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA CDC.inf @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +;************************************************************ +; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File +; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation + + +[Version] +Signature="$Windows NT$" +Class=Ports +ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318} +Provider=%MFGNAME% +LayoutFile=layout.inf +CatalogFile=%MFGFILENAME%.cat +DriverVer=11/15/2007,5.1.2600.0 + +[Manufacturer] +%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTamd64 + +[DestinationDirs] +DefaultDestDir=12 + + +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; Windows 2000/XP/Vista-32bit Sections +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +[DriverInstall.nt] +include=mdmcpq.inf +CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.nt +AddReg=DriverInstall.nt.AddReg + +[DriverCopyFiles.nt] +usbser.sys,,,0x20 + +[DriverInstall.nt.AddReg] +HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern +HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys +HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider" + +[DriverInstall.nt.Services] +AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.nt + +[DriverService.nt] +DisplayName=%SERVICE% +ServiceType=1 +StartType=3 +ErrorControl=1 +ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys + +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; Vista-64bit Sections +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +[DriverInstall.NTamd64] +include=mdmcpq.inf +CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64 +AddReg=DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg + +[DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64] +%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys,,,0x20 + +[DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg] +HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern +HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys +HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider" + +[DriverInstall.NTamd64.Services] +AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.NTamd64 + +[DriverService.NTamd64] +DisplayName=%SERVICE% +ServiceType=1 +StartType=3 +ErrorControl=1 +ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys + + +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; Vendor and Product ID Definitions +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side +; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match. +; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below. +; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs. +; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line. +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +[SourceDisksFiles] +[SourceDisksNames] +[DeviceList] +%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044 + +[DeviceList.NTamd64] +%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044 + + +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; String Definitions +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +;Modify these strings to customize your device +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +[Strings] +MFGFILENAME="CDC_vista" +DRIVERFILENAME ="usbser" +MFGNAME="CCS, Inc." +INSTDISK="LUFA CDC Driver Installer" +DESCRIPTION="Communications Port" +SERVICE="USB RS-232 Emulation Driver" \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..934b3d014 --- /dev/null +++ b/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,737 @@ +# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*- +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al. +# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. << +# +# Released to the Public Domain +# +# Additional material for this makefile was written by: +# Peter Fleury +# Tim Henigan +# Colin O'Flynn +# Reiner Patommel +# Markus Pfaff +# Sander Pool +# Frederik Rouleau +# Carlos Lamas +# Dean Camera +# Opendous Inc. +# Denver Gingerich +# +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# On command line: +# +# make all = Make software. +# +# make clean = Clean out built project files. +# +# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF. +# +# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF. +# +# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude. +# Please customize the avrdude settings below first! +# +# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must +# have dfu-programmer installed). +# +# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must +# have Atmel FLIP installed). +# +# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer +# (must have dfu-programmer installed). +# +# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP +# (must have Atmel FLIP installed). +# +# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have +# DoxyGen installed) +# +# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, +# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging. +# +# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only. +# +# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting +# bug reports to the GCC project. +# +# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all". +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +# MCU name +MCU = at90usb1287 + + +# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring +# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called +# "Board" inside the application directory. +BOARD = USBKEY + + +# Processor frequency. +# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the +# processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to +# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done +# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code. +# +# This will be an integer division of F_CLOCK below, as it is sourced by +# F_CLOCK after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value +# does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to +# reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate +# software delays. +F_CPU = 8000000 + + +# Input clock frequency. +# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the +# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may +# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the +# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed +# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' +# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your +# source code. +# +# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the +# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU. +F_CLOCK = $(F_CPU) + + +# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary) +FORMAT = ihex + + +# Target file name (without extension). +TARGET = CDC + + +# Object files directory +# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make +# this an empty or blank macro! +OBJDIR = . + + +# Path to the LUFA library +LUFA_PATH = ../../../.. + + +# LUFA library compile-time options +LUFA_OPTS = -D NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS +LUFA_OPTS += -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY +LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8 +LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1 +LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)" + + +# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) +SRC = $(TARGET).c \ + Descriptors.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \ + $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c \ + + +# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.) +CPPSRC = + + +# List Assembler source files here. +# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s +# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler +# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"! +# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same, +# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does +# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line. +ASRC = + + +# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. +# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size. +# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.) +OPT = s + + +# Debugging format. +# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs. +# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2. +# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run. +DEBUG = dwarf-2 + + +# List any extra directories to look for include files here. +# Each directory must be seperated by a space. +# Use forward slashes for directory separators. +# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. +EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/ + + +# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level. +# c89 = "ANSI" C +# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions +# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented) +# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions +CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99 + + +# Place -D or -U options here for C sources +CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS) + + +# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources +ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU) + + +# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources +CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL +#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS +#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS + + + +#---------------- Compiler Options C ---------------- +# -g*: generate debugging information +# -O*: optimization level +# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation +# -Wall...: warning level +# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. +# -adhlns...: create assembler listing +CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) +CFLAGS += $(CDEFS) +CFLAGS += -O$(OPT) +CFLAGS += -funsigned-char +CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields +CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections +CFLAGS += -fpack-struct +CFLAGS += -fshort-enums +CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20 +CFLAGS += -Wall +CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes +CFLAGS += -Wundef +#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time +#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code +#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare +CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) +CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) +CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) + + +#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ---------------- +# -g*: generate debugging information +# -O*: optimization level +# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation +# -Wall...: warning level +# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. +# -adhlns...: create assembler listing +CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG) +CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS) +CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT) +CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char +CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields +CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct +CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums +CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions +CPPFLAGS += -Wall +CFLAGS += -Wundef +#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls +#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time +#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes +#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code +#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare +CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) +CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS)) +#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD) + + +#---------------- Assembler Options ---------------- +# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler. +# -adhlns: create listing +# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that +# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames +# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source +# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there] +# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex +# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input. +ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100 + + +#---------------- Library Options ---------------- +# Minimalistic printf version +PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min + +# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) +PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt + +# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version. +PRINTF_LIB = +#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN) +#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT) + + +# Minimalistic scanf version +SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min + +# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below) +SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt + +# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version. +SCANF_LIB = +#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN) +#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT) + + +MATH_LIB = -lm + + +# List any extra directories to look for libraries here. +# Each directory must be seperated by a space. +# Use forward slashes for directory separators. +# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes. +EXTRALIBDIRS = + + + +#---------------- External Memory Options ---------------- + +# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), +# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()). +#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff + +# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!), +# only used for heap (malloc()). +#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff + +EXTMEMOPTS = + + + +#---------------- Linker Options ---------------- +# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker. +# -Map: create map file +# --cref: add cross reference to map file +LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref +LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax +LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections +LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS) +LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS)) +LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB) +#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x + + + +#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ---------------- + +# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd +# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500 +# +# Type: avrdude -c ? +# to get a full listing. +# +AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII + +# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port. +AVRDUDE_PORT = usb + +AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex +#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep + + +# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter. +# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn, +# see avrdude manual. +#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y + +# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be +# performed after programming the device. +#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V + +# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug +# reports about avrdude. See +# to submit bug reports. +#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v + +AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER) +AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY) +AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE) +AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER) + + + +#---------------- Debugging Options ---------------- + +# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency. +DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU) + +# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight. +# DEBUG_UI = gdb +DEBUG_UI = insight + +# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr. +DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice +#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr + +# GDB Init Filename. +GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit + +# When using avarice settings for the JTAG +JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1 + +# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr. +DEBUG_PORT = 4242 + +# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally +# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when +# avarice is running on a different computer. +DEBUG_HOST = localhost + + + +#============================================================================ + + +# Define programs and commands. +SHELL = sh +CC = avr-gcc +OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy +OBJDUMP = avr-objdump +SIZE = avr-size +AR = avr-ar rcs +NM = avr-nm +AVRDUDE = avrdude +REMOVE = rm -f +REMOVEDIR = rm -rf +COPY = cp +WINSHELL = cmd + +# Define Messages +# English +MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none +MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin -------- +MSG_END = -------- end -------- +MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: +MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after: +MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF: +MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF: +MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash: +MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM: +MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing: +MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table: +MSG_LINKING = Linking: +MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C: +MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++: +MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling: +MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project: +MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library: + + + + +# Define all object files. +OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) + +# Define all listing files. +LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) + + +# Compiler flags to generate dependency files. +GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d + + +# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags. +# Add target processor to flags. +ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) +ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS) +ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS) + + + + + +# Default target. +all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkinvalidevents showliboptions showtarget sizeafter end + +# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library. +build: elf hex eep lss sym +#build: lib + + +elf: $(TARGET).elf +hex: $(TARGET).hex +eep: $(TARGET).eep +lss: $(TARGET).lss +sym: $(TARGET).sym +LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a +lib: $(LIBNAME) + + + +# Eye candy. +# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on +# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job. +begin: + @echo + @echo $(MSG_BEGIN) + +end: + @echo $(MSG_END) + @echo + + +# Display size of file. +HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex +ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf +MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) ) +FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr ) + +sizebefore: + @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \ + 2>/dev/null; echo; fi + +sizeafter: + @if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \ + 2>/dev/null; echo; fi + +$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst: + @make -C $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/ LUFA_Events.lst + +checkinvalidevents: $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst + @echo + @echo Checking for invalid events... + @$(shell) avr-nm $(OBJ) | sed -n -e 's/^.*EVENT_/EVENT_/p' | \ + grep -F -v --file=$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst > InvalidEvents.tmp || true + @sed -n -e 's/^/ WARNING - INVALID EVENT NAME: /p' InvalidEvents.tmp + @if test -s InvalidEvents.tmp; then exit 1; fi + +showliboptions: + @echo + @echo ---- Compile Time Library Options ---- + @for i in $(LUFA_OPTS:-D%=%); do \ + echo $$i; \ + done + @echo -------------------------------------- + +showtarget: + @echo + @echo --------- Target Information --------- + @echo AVR Model: $(MCU) + @echo Board: $(BOARD) + @echo Clock: $(F_CPU)Hz CPU, $(F_CLOCK)Hz Master + @echo -------------------------------------- + + +# Display compiler version information. +gccversion : + @$(CC) --version + + +# Program the device. +program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep + $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM) + +flip: $(TARGET).hex + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 + +dfu: $(TARGET).hex + dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase + dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex + dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset + +flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep + $(COPY) $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program + batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0 + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex + +dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep + dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep + dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset + + +# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following: +# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set +# a breakpoint at main(). +gdb-config: + @$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + @echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) +ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr) + @echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) +endif + @echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE) + +debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf +ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice) + @echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays. + @$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \ + $(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) + @$(WINSHELL) /c pause + +else + @$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \ + $(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT) +endif + @$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE) + + + + +# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB. +COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000 +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000 +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000 +COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000 + + + +coff: $(TARGET).elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof + $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof + + +extcoff: $(TARGET).elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof + $(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof + + + +# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file. +%.hex: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@ + $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@ + +%.eep: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@ + -$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \ + --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0 + +# Create extended listing file from ELF output file. +%.lss: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@ + $(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@ + +# Create a symbol table from ELF output file. +%.sym: %.elf + @echo + @echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@ + $(NM) -n $< > $@ + + + +# Create library from object files. +.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a +.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) +%.a: $(OBJ) + @echo + @echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@ + $(AR) $@ $(OBJ) + + +# Link: create ELF output file from object files. +.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf +.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ) +%.elf: $(OBJ) + @echo + @echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@ + $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS) + + +# Compile: create object files from C source files. +$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c + @echo + @echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $< + $(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Compile: create object files from C++ source files. +$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp + @echo + @echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $< + $(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Compile: create assembler files from C source files. +%.s : %.c + $(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files. +%.s : %.cpp + $(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files. +$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S + @echo + @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $< + $(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report. +%.i : %.c + $(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ + + +# Target: clean project. +clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end + +clean_binary: + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex + +clean_list: + @echo $(MSG_CLEANING) + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym + $(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d) + $(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i) + $(REMOVE) InvalidEvents.tmp + $(REMOVEDIR) .dep + +doxygen: + @echo Generating Project Documentation... + @doxygen Doxygen.conf + @echo Documentation Generation Complete. + +clean_doxygen: + rm -rf Documentation + +# Create object files directory +$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null) + + +# Include the dependency files. +-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*) + + +# Listing of phony targets. +.PHONY : all checkinvalidevents showliboptions \ +showtarget begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter \ +gccversion build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff \ +program dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee clean debug \ +clean_list clean_binary gdb-config doxygen \ No newline at end of file -- cgit v1.2.3